• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Tantra
  • Tantra Collection
  • Action tantras
  • Toh 559
རིག་སྔགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མོ་རྨ་བྱ་ཆེན་མོ།

The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen

Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī
rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo

Toh 559

Degé Kangyur, vol. 90 (rgyud, pha), folios 87.b–117.a

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2023

Current version v 1.0.12 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 3.42pm on Tuesday, 28th January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh559.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
tr. The Translation
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
1. The Great Peahen
c. Colophon
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· Tibetan and Sanskrit Texts
· Secondary Sources
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen is one of five texts that together constitute the Pañcarakṣā scriptural collection and has been among the most popular texts used for pragmatic purposes throughout the Mahāyāna Buddhist world. Although its incantations (vidyā) are framed specifically to counteract the deadly effects of poisonous snakebites, it also aims to address the entire range of possible human ailments and diseases contracted through the interference of animals, nonhuman beings, and humoral and environmental imbalances, along with a range of other misfortunes, such as sorcery, losing one’s way, robbery, natural disaster, and criminal punishment, to name but a few. In the text the Buddha Śākyamuni advocates for the invocation of a number of deities within the pantheon of Indian gods and goddesses, including numerous local deities who dwell throughout the subcontinent. He stipulates that just “upholding” or intoning these names along with the mantra formula that accompanies each grouping will hasten the deities to the service of saṅgha members administering to the pragmatic medical needs of their own and surrounding communities.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the guidance of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. The translation was produced by James Gentry, who also wrote the introduction. Andreas Doctor compared the translation with the original Tibetan and edited the text.

ac.­2

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

ac.­3

The translation of this text has been made possible through the generous sponsorship of DJKR, Herlintje, Hadi Widjaja, Lina Herlintje, Ocean Widjaja, Asia Widjaja, Star Widjaja and Gold Widjaja.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen (Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī, Toh 559) is the second scripture in a series of five, the other four being the Mahā­sāhasra­pramardanī Sūtra (Toh 558),1 Mahā­pratisarā­vidyārājñī (Toh 561),2 Mahāśītavatī Sūtra3 (Toh 562),4 and Mahā­mantrānusāriṇī5 Sūtra (Toh 563).6 Together these five texts have been apotheosized in the Mahāyāna tradition as five goddesses known collectively as the Pañcarakṣā, or the Five Protectresses. In the Tibetan tradition this collection is known as the gzungs chen grwa lnga, the Five Great Dhāraṇīs. Tibetan redactors of Kangyur collections have cataloged this set of five texts together within the final section of the Collected Tantras (rgyud ’bum) division, the Kriyā section. Indeed, these five scriptures do contain elements‍—powerful incantations, an emphasis on external ritual hygiene and other material details such as auspicious dates, and so forth‍—that resonate with standard Kriyāyoga practice as understood in Tibet. Yet missing from nearly all these texts is any extensive mention of the contemplative visualization exercises, specialized ritual gestures (mudrā), elaborate maṇḍala diagrams, and initiation ceremonies typical of full-blown Buddhist tantra. A close perusal might then lead the reader to construe these as standard Mahāyāna texts with a preponderance of elements‍—magical mantra formulas, ritual prescriptions, pragmatic aims, and so forth‍—that only later coalesced and developed into a typically tantric practice tradition with its own unique view, meditation, and conduct. To complicate things further, the core of The Great Peahen is rooted in Indian Buddhist traditions that might even predate the rise of Mahāyāna.7 The Great Peahen also appears as a remedy for snakebites in the early Mūla­sarvāstivāda­vinayavastu.8 This accords with Gregory Schopen’s general observation, based on inscriptional evidence, that “Dhāraṇī texts were publically [sic] known much earlier and much more widely than the texts we think of as ‘classically’ Mahāyāna.”9

i.­2

The Five Protectresses have long been among the most popular texts used for pragmatic purposes in the Mahāyāna-Vajrayāna Buddhist world. While it seems certain that these texts developed independently and were only later combined into a five-text corpus, their popularity is attested by their eventual spread to Nepal, Tibet, Central Asia, China, Mongolia, Korea, Japan, and Indonesia.10 In East Asia, the textual tradition associated with The Great Peahen in particular was instrumental in integrating Buddhist and indigenous notions of divine kingship.11 Moreover, the tradition of all five goddesses and their texts still occupies a place of central importance today in the Vajrayāna Buddhism practiced by the Newar population of the Kathmandu Valley, Nepal. Newar Buddhist communities of Kathmandu have even translated the texts of the Five Protectresses into the modern vernacular, based on which they continue to stage a number of annual rites for a broad range of pragmatic purposes.12 Newars often propitiate the Five Protectresses together by means of a five-section maṇḍala and other tantric elements that do not necessarily feature in the scriptures themselves. This tradition reflects a specifically tantric ritual treatment of the texts that, judging by the presence of tantric sādhana practices associated with these five texts in the Tibetan Tengyur collections, had already developed by the time the Tibetan translations were executed. This helps account for why Tibetan redactors construed these five texts as belonging to the category of Kriyā tantra, and not to the dhāraṇī or sūtra sections.

i.­3

The designation “Five Protectresses” denotes the set of five texts, the incantations presented therein, and the five goddesses presiding over each. It is believed that all these texts, specifically their incantations, provide special protection against a wide range of illnesses and misfortunes for those who memorize, recollect, read, copy, teach, wear, or otherwise come into contact with them. Each text promises protection from specific misfortunes, with considerable overlap witnessed between the texts. Despite the pragmatic thrust of these scriptures, each text also contains numerous allusions to doctrinal notions, the range of effects described therein sometimes, though rarely, extending beyond the pragmatic sphere to include the purification of negative karma, deliverance from the lower realms, and even the attainment of buddhahood.

i.­4

The Great Peahen’s mention of Dravidian mantra indicates that it may have originated in South India. The text and its mantra formulas, although framed specifically to counteract the deadly effects of poisonous snakebites, appear to address the entire range of possible human ailments and diseases contracted through the interference of animals, nonhuman beings, and humoral and environmental imbalances. It also addresses a range of other misfortunes, such as sorcery, losing one’s way, robbery, natural disaster, and criminal punishment, to name but a few. The Buddha adopts the particular approach in The Great Peahen of stipulating the invocation by name of virtually every deity within the pantheon of South Asian gods and goddesses, including the numerous place deities who dwell throughout the subcontinent. These litanies, which the Buddha separates into groups based on the locations of the spirit entities as above, atop, or below the earth, have the effect of hierarchically ordering the hundreds of nonhuman entities and rendering them subordinate to the command of the Buddha and his saṅgha members. The Buddha stipulates that just “upholding” or intoning these names along with the mantra formula that accompanies each grouping will hasten the deities to the service of saṅgha members administering to the pragmatic medical needs of their own and surrounding communities.

i.­5

The dhāraṇī’s narrative unfolds in response to Ānanda’s effort to save the life of the young monk Svāti, who has suffered a dangerous snakebite while gathering wood in the forest. In the midst of dispensing the initial healing litanies, supplications, and mantras that commence The Great Peahen, the Buddha Śākyamuni tells Ānanda the narrative precedent for the great peahen’s powers. In one of his previous lifetimes, the Buddha relates, he was a peacock named Suvarṇāvabhāsa who ensured his health and good fortune by regularly chanting the great peahen during the day and night. On one occasion, he forgot to chant the incantation, and the outcome was disastrous. Intoxicated with lust, he took to cavorting throughout the mountains with countless peahens in the pursuit of pleasure. His guard let down, Suvarṇāvabhāsa was captured by a group of ill-intentioned youth‍—that is, until he recollected the dhāraṇī, was miraculously freed from the snare, and safely returned home to his former condition. This story sets the stage for the series of litanies, supplications, and mantras that constitute the bulk of the text.

i.­6

The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen was translated into Tibetan under Tibetan imperial patronage sometime during the first half of the ninth century by the translation team that included the translator and chief editor Bandé Yeshé Dé (ca. eighth–ninth centuries) and the Indian scholars Śīlendrabodhi, Jñānasiddhi, and Śākyaprabha. The early date of the translation is further confirmed by the inclusion of The Great Peahen in both imperial-period catalogs, the Denkarma (ldan kar ma) and Phangthangma (’phang thang ma),13 where it is listed among the Pañcarakṣā texts. The translation made by Yeshé Dé was revised at an unknown date by an anonymous translator based on consultation with additional Sanskrit manuscripts (rgya dpe). This revised version, which is preserved in the Stok Palace Kangyur (S518),14 is more closely aligned with the extant Sanskrit witnesses than the unrevised version contained in the Degé and other Kangyurs.

i.­7

There are multiple translations of The Great Peahen preserved in the Chinese canon. The earliest among them are two works attributed to Śrīmitra: the Da jinse kongque wang zhou jing (大金色孔雀王咒經, Taishō 986),15 which was likely translated in the late fourth century, and the Fo shuo da jinse kongque wang zhou jing (佛說大金色孔雀王咒經, Taishō 987),16 which dates to the early fifth century. Also among the early Chinese translations was the Kongque wang zhou jing (孔雀王咒經, Taishō 988),17 Kumārajīva’s translation that dates to the early fifth century. In the sixth century, Saṅghabhadra prepared a translation with the same title, Kongque wang zhou jing (孔雀王咒經, Taishō 984),18 which was followed historically by the Fo shuo da kongque zhou wang jing (大孔雀呪王經, Taishō 985),19 translated by Yijing in 705. Finally, the Chinese canon contains a series of works on The Great Peahen translated or compiled by Amoghavajra in the eighth century. This includes his translation, the Fomu da kongque ming wang jing (佛母大孔雀明王經, Taishō 982),20 and two appendices, the Fo shuo da kongque ming wang huaxiang tan chang yi gui (佛說大孔雀明王畫像壇場儀軌, Taishō 983a),21 a compendium of spell formulas, and the Kongque jing zhenyan deng fan ben (孔雀經真言等梵本唐, Taishō 983b),22 a set of instructions for the rite associated with the text.23

i.­8

This English translation is based primarily on the Degé edition, in consultation with Shūyo Takubo’s Sanskrit edition, the version in the Stok Palace Kangyur, and the Comparative Edition of the Degé Kangyur. Because there is significant variation between the Degé version on the one hand and the Sanskrit and Stok Palace version on the other, only those variants that affected our interpretation of the Degé have been noted. The transliteration of the incantations presented particular difficulties, as there are multiple variations between the Sanskrit edition and the Tibetan versions in nearly every instance. Since the resolution of many of these complexities would require far more time and resources than this project allows, the incantations in this translation generally align with the Degé edition. We have noted the most significant variations between the Degé and the Sanskrit edition, as well as the other Tibetan versions. The incantations were edited only when evidence suggested scribal errors or other inadvertent infelicities. Minor orthographic emendations have not been noted. For interested readers, a translation into French and study of the Chinese versions of the Mahāmāyūrī was conducted by J. F. Marc DesJardins as part of his 2002 doctoral dissertation at McGill University, Montreal.


Text Body

The Queen of Incantations
The Great Peahen

1.

The Translation

[F.87.b]


1.­1

I pay homage to all past, future, and present buddhas, bodhisattvas, śrāvakas, and pratyekabuddhas!


1.­2

I pay homage to the Buddha! I pay homage to the Dharma! I pay homage to the Saṅgha!


1.­3

I pay homage to the seven completely perfect buddhas, together with their saṅgha of śrāvakas! I pay homage to the arhats in the world! I pay homage to all bodhisattvas, led by Maitreya! I pay homage to the non-returners! I pay homage to the once-returners! I pay homage to the stream enterers! I pay homage to those in the world who have gone correctly! I pay homage to those who have progressed correctly! Having paid homage to them, I will now recite the great peahen, the queen of incantations.


1.­4

May this incantation be successful for me! Assemblies of bhūtas, whether coursing on earth, in the sky, or in water, gods, nāgas, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, bhūtas, kumbhaṇḍas, pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, skandas, unmādas, chāyās, apasmāras, and ostārakas‍—listen to me!

1.­5

Assemblies of bhūtas who sap vitality, devour wombs, drink blood, and devour fat, flesh, grease, marrow, [F.88.a] and offspring! You who sap life force and devour oblations, flower garlands, perfumes, incense, flowers, fruits, grains, and burnt offerings! You who devour pus and feces, drink urine, devour leftovers, saliva, phlegm, snot, filth, and vomit, and drink from cesspools! All you with evil, wicked, and violent intentions, who steal the life force of others‍—listen to me! I will recite the great peahen, the queen of incantations! I will also give you perfume, flowers, incense, and oblations!

1.­6

All you grahas with evil, wicked, and violent intentions toward me, who steal the life force of others and devour their vitality‍—depart!

1.­7

All you with gentle, loving, and virtuous intentions‍—listen to me! All you with devotion the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha‍—listen to me!

1.­8

It is like this: “Kālī, Karālī, Kumbhāṇḍī, Śaṅkhinī, Kamalākṣī, Hārītī, Harikeśī, Śrīmatī, Haripiṅgalī, Lambā, Pralambā, Kālapāśā, Kalaśodarī, Yamadūtī, Yamarākṣasī,24 and Bhūtagrasanī! Accept these flowers, incense, perfumes, and oblations that I will offer you! Protect me from all perils and misfortunes! [F.88.b] May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns! May the words of the incantation be fulfilled for me! Svāhā!”

1.­9

Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One was dwelling in Śrāvastī, in the Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time, there was also a tender, young, a monk named Svāti staying in Śrāvastī, in the Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. It had not been long since he had set forth, was ordained, and entered the teachings and monastic discipline. While he was gathering wood for the saṅgha’s steam bath–house, a large black snake emerged from the hollow of a rotten log and bit him on the big toe of his right foot. His body went weak, and he collapsed onto the ground. He lay there with his eyes rolled back, vomiting foam. Venerable Ānanda saw the monk Svāti lying there collapsed on the ground, afflicted, suffering, and extremely ill, with his eyes rolled back, vomiting foam. Witnessing this, he rushed to the Blessed One, bowed at his feet, and stood to one side.

1.­10

Standing to one side, Venerable Ānanda asked, “Venerable Blessed One! Here in Śrāvastī, in the Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park, there is a tender, young monk named Svāti. It has not been long since he set forth, was ordained, and entered the teachings and monastic discipline. He was gathering wood for the saṅgha’s steam bath–house when a large black snake emerged from the hollow of a rotten log and bit him on the big toe of his right foot. His body went weak, he collapsed to the ground and curled up, and he is lying there with his eyes rolled back, vomiting foam. Venerable Blessed One! How should I treat him?” [F.89.a]

1.­11

The Blessed One said to Venerable Ānanda, “Ānanda! Go and make use of the Thus-Gone One’s speech! Use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect the monk Svāti against gods, grahas, nāga grahas, asura grahas, marut grahas, garuḍa grahas, gandharva grahas, kinnara grahas, mahoraga grahas, yakṣa grahas, rākṣasa grahas, preta grahas, piśāca grahas, bhūta grahas, kumbhaṇḍa grahas, pūtana grahas, kaṭapūtana grahas, skanda grahas, unmāda grahas, chāyā grahas, apasmāra grahas, ostāraka grahas, nakṣatra grahas,25 kṛtyā rites,26 kākhordas, kiraṇas, vetālas, ciccakas, preṣakas, indigestible food, evil vomit, wicked chāyās, the evil eye, written hexes, traversed hexes,27 neglected spirits, one-day fevers, two-day fevers, three-day fevers, four-day fevers, weeklong fevers, half-month fevers, month-long fevers, daily fevers, momentary fevers, chronic fevers, intermittent fevers, fevers from bhūtas, fevers from humans, fevers from nonhumans, and fevers that arise from wind disorders, bile disorders, phlegm disorders,28 or their combination, as well as all other fevers! Use this incantation to guard him! Conceal him! Protect him! Care for him! Nurture him! Bring about his tranquility and well-being! Keep away punishments and weapons! Counteract the poison! Neutralize the poison! Draw a boundary!29 Bind the earth!30 Remove headaches! Remove splitting headaches!31 Remove loss of appetite, eye illness, nose illness, mouth illness, throat illness, [F.89.b] heart disease, sore throat, earache, toothache, heart pain, side pain, backache, stomachache, cheek pain, urinary tract pain, male genital pain, female genital pain, hip pain, thigh pain, calf pain, hand pain, foot pain, and pain in the major and minor appendages!32 May all buddhas grant me well-being in the night, well-being in the day, well-being at midday, and well-being day and night!

1.­12

Tadyathā iḍi viḍi kiḍi hiḍi miḍi niḍi33 meṭhedodumbā34 āḍe ghāḍe durgāḍe hariṇi vaguḍe pāṃśu35 piśāciṇi36 varṣaṇi ārohaṇi ārohiṇi37 ele mele tele tili38 tili39 mele mele timi40 timi41 dume dume dudume iṭṭi miṭṭi viṣṭhavande42 capale vimale hulu hulu43 aśvamukhi kāli kāli karāli mahākāli prakīrṇakeśi kulu kulu vaphulu vaphulu kolu kolu hulu hulu vahulu vahulu44 vosā45 dumbā dodumbā dumadumbā46 golāyā velāyā parivelāyā piśu piśu hili hili hili hili hili47 mili mili mili mili mili48 tili tili tili tili tili49 culu culu culu culu culu50 muhu51 muhu muhu muhu muhu muhu muhu muhu muhu muhu mulu52 mulu mulu mulu mulu mulu53 hu54 hu hu hu hu hu hu hu hu hu vā55 vā vā vā vā vā vā vā vā vā pā56 pā pā pā pā pā pā pā pā pā jāla57 jāla jāla jāla jāla jāla jāla jāla jāla jāla dama damani tapa tapani jvala jvalani paca pacani dundubhi garjani varṣaṇi sphoṭani tapani tāpani pacani pācani hāriṇi58 kāriṇi59 kimini60 kampani mardani maṇḍikite61 kṣemaṅkari makari śākari śarkari karkari śavari śaṅkari jvala jvalani dumadumbani sukusume62 golāyā velāyā parivelāyā.

1.­13

“May the god63 shower down rain everywhere! Ilikisi svāhā!

1.­14
“I am benevolent toward Dhṛtarāṣṭra.64
I also am benevolent toward Airāvaṇa.
I am benevolent toward Virūpākṣa. [F.90.a]
I also am benevolent toward Kṛṣnagotamaka.
1.­15
“I am friendly with the nāga king Maṇi and with Vāsuki.
I always have goodwill for the nāgas under Daṇḍapāda and Pūrṇabhadra.
I have goodwill for the nāgas Nanda and Upananda,
Who are beautiful and renowned
And with their great miraculous powers
Can even vie with the gods and asuras in battle.
1.­16
“I am friendly with Anavatapta,
Varuṇa, and Mandūraka.
I am friendly with Takṣaka and Ananta,
And likewise with Vāsūmukha.
I am friendly with Aparājita.
1.­17
“I am friendly with Chitvāsuta,
And always with Mahāmanasvin,
And likewise with Manasvin.
1.­18
“Kālaka, Apalāla,
Bhogavān,65 Śrāmaṇeraka,
Dadhimukha, Maṇi,
Pauṇdarīka, Diśāmpati,
Karkoṭaka, Śaṅkhapāla,
Both Kambala and Aśvottara‍—
I am always benevolent
Toward these nāga kings.
1.­19
“I am friendly with
Sāketa and Kumbhīra,
And likewise with Sūciloma,
Uragādhipa, Kāla, and Ṛṣika.
1.­20
“I am also friendly with
Pūraṇakarṇa and Śakaṭamukha,
And always with Koluka,
Sunanda, and Vātsīputra.
1.­21
“I am friendly with Elapatra
And with Lamburaka.
1.­22
“The nāgas under Amaṇuṣa,
Those under Uttaramānuṣa,
The great nāga Mṛgila,
The renowned Mucilinda,
The nāgas who course in the earth,
Live in the water,
Course in the sky,
And dwell on Mount Meru,
Those with one head, and those with two heads‍—
I am always benevolent toward them.
1.­23
“I am benevolent toward those without legs.
I am benevolent toward those with two legs.
I am benevolent toward those with four legs.
I am benevolent toward those with many legs.
1.­24
“May those without legs do me no harm!
May those with two legs do me no harm!
May those with four legs do me no harm!
May those with many legs do me no harm!
1.­25
“I am benevolent toward all nāgas
Who dwell in the water.
I am benevolent toward all bhūtas
Who dwell on the land.
1.­26
“I am benevolent toward all beings
Who have settled here! [F.90.b]
May all beings, all living creatures,
And all bhūtas, too,
Always be nothing but well!
1.­27
“May everyone be free of illness!
May everyone see goodness!
May there be no misdeeds at all!
1.­28
“Immersed in a benevolent attitude,
I will neutralize poison!
I will guard and nurture,
And likewise I will protect!
1.­29
“Homage to the Buddha! Homage to awakening!
Homage to the liberated one! Homage to liberation!
Homage to the tranquil one! Homage to tranquility!
Homage to the emancipated one! Homage to emancipation!
Homage to the brahmins who have discarded evil qualities!
May they all protect me!
1.­30

“May they protect me from all perils, misfortunes, epidemics, mental disturbances, fevers, illnesses, grahas, and poisons! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­31

“Long ago, Ānanda, there was a peacock king named Suvarṇāvabhāsa who lived on the southern slope of Himavat, a king of mountains. In the morning he secured his health and good fortune through the great peahen, queen of incantations, and lived happily during the day. In the evening he used it to secure his health and good fortune, and he lived happily during the night.

1.­32
“Homage to the Buddha!
Homage to the Dharma!
Homage to the Saṅgha!
Homage to the great peahen, queen of incantations!
1.­33

Tadyathā hu hu hu hu hu hu nāga le le le dumba le le le nāga le le le66 huya huya vija vija thusu thusu67 gulu gulu68 hu cejini cejini69 agulu70 elā melā elā melā71 tilī melā ili mitte ile tili mitte72 dumbe sudumbe tosu tosu golā velā capalā vimalā iṭṭiri bhiṭṭiri riṭṭiri namo buddhānāṃ cilikisi godohikānāṃ73 namo arhatāṃ hāla hāla.

1.­34

“May the god shower down rain everywhere! Homage to the buddhas! Svāhā! [F.91.a]

1.­35

“Once, Suvarṇāvabhāsa did not secure his protection and good fortune through the great peahen, queen of incantations, and became transfixed by pleasures. Intoxicated with lust, he was stupefied and became as though unconscious. Thus completely agitated,74 he wandered from garden to garden, park to park, and mountain slope to mountain slope with numerous young forest peahens until he unwittingly entered a mountain fissure. There, some low caste youths, pernicious foes who had been seeking an opportunity to harm him for a long time, captured him with a peacock snare. Amid these enemies he regained his memory and brought to mind the great peahen, queen of incantations.

1.­36
“Homage to the Buddha!
Homage to the Dharma!
Homage to the Saṅgha!
Homage to the great peahen, queen of incantations!
1.­37

Tadyathā hu hu hu hu hu75 nāga le le le dumba le le le nāga le le le huya huya huya vija vija thusu thusu gulu gulu hu cejini cejini76 agulu77 ilā78 melā ili melā tili melā ili mitte79 ili tili mitte dumbe sudumbe tosu tosu golā velā capalā vimalā iṭṭiri bhiṭṭiri riṭṭiri namo buddhānāṃ cilikisi godohikānāṃ80 namo arhatāṃ hāla hāla.

1.­38

“May the god shower rain down everywhere! Homage to the buddhas! Svāhā!

1.­39

“Then, delivered from that torment, he successfully and safely returned to his own land, where he also chanted the following secret mantra syllables:

1.­40
“Homage to the Buddha!
Homage to the Dharma!
Homage to the Saṅgha!
Homage to Suvarṇāvabhāsa, king of peacocks!
Homage to the great peahen, queen of incantations!
1.­41

Tadyathā siddhe susiddhe81 mocani mokṣani mukte vimukte amale vimale nirmale aṇḍare paṇḍare maṅgalye82 maṅgalye hiraṇye hiraṇyagarbhe ratne ratnagarbhe bhadre subhadre samantabhadre śrībhadre83 sarvārthasādhani paramārthasādhani sarvānarthapraśamani84 sarvamaṅgalasādhani sarvamaṅgalavādhani85 [F.91.b] yaśovati86 manasi mānasi mahāmānasi acyute adbhute adbhyanabhute87 mukte vimukte88 mocani mokṣani89 brahme90 araje viraje vimale amṛte amṛtavarṣaṇi91 amare amaraṇi brahme brahmasvare pūrṇe pūrṇamanorathe amṛte amṛtasañjīvani92 śrībhadre candre candraprabhe sūrye sūryakānte vītabhaye sarvasuvarṇe93 suvarṇaprabhe94 brahmaghoṣe brahmajuṣṭhe95 sarvatrāpratihate svāhā.

1.­42

“Homage to all buddhas! May I have well-being and be protected! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­43

Tadyathā huci śuci96 ghuci97 muci svāhā!

1.­44

“Ānanda, you may think that the peacock king named Suvarṇāvabhāsa was someone else at that time. It should not be seen that way. Why is that? Well, Ānanda, at that time, I myself was the peacock king named Suvarṇāvabhāsa. Ānanda, I, too, will now recite the essence mantra of the great peahen, queen of incantations.

1.­45

Tadyathā ili mitte98 tili mitte99 tili mili mitte100 tili mili101 mili tili102 tili103 mitte104 vili105 mili mitti106 vili mili mitti107 vili mili mili108 tili mili sudumbā dumbā109 suvaca cirikisiya bhinna miṭi110 namo buddhānāṃ cilikisi prāntamūle111 itihārā112 lohitamūle dumbā sudumbā kuṭṭi kuṇaṭṭi kukunaṭṭi tili113 kuñja nāṭṭi.114

1.­46

“May the god in Aḍakavatī shower down rain for nine or ten months!

1.­47

Ili mili kili mili kili115 mili ketumūle dudumbe116 sudumoḍe dalimi117 sanduvaṭṭe118 busavaṭṭe vusara vusara dhanavastrake narkalā narkalime khalima119 ghoṣe rakhile iti sajjale dumbe sudumbe120 aṭṭe naṭṭe pranaṭṭe anaṇaṭṭe anamāle.121

1.­48

“May the god Indra shower down fresh water everywhere!

1.­49

Nārāyaṇi pārāyaṇi haritāli kuntāli kubhaṇṭi122 ili misti kili misti kili tili misti.123

1.­50

“May the syllables of this Dravidian mantra be fulfilled! Svāhā!

1.­51

“Ānanda, this was the essence of the great peahen, queen of incantations. Ānanda, this great peahen, queen of incantations, should be brought to mind when dwelling in a town. It should also be brought to mind when dwelling in the wilderness, when traveling, when lost, [F.92.a] when in the king’s court,124 when among bandits, when on fire, when submerged in water, when among enemies, when among opponents, when among those who are hostile,125 when in an assembly, when in a dispute, when bitten by a snake, after drinking poison, and when all perils converge. It should also be brought to mind when one is struck and afflicted by any illness from among the 404 types, including wind disorders, bile disorders, phlegm disorders, and their combination. Why is that? Well, Ānanda, even a criminal deserving execution gets off with only a severe punishment. A criminal deserving severe punishment gets off with only a beating. A criminal deserving a beating gets off with a scolding. A criminal deserving a scolding gets off with a warning. A criminal deserving a warning gets off with only having his body hairs bristle with fear. And a criminal deserving of having his body hairs bristle with fear will likewise be released. All his illnesses will be cured. Ānanda, these incantations and secret mantra syllables should also be brought to mind:

1.­52

Tadyathā cili mili kili mili ketumūle vusavaṭṭe vusariṇe vudariṇi kevaṭṭe kevaṭṭeka mūle iti śavale dumba vetumbe priyaṅkare āvaṭṭe parivarṭṭe.126

1.­53

“May the god shower a rain of fresh water everywhere!

1.­54

Namo bhagavate iṭṭittāya indragomisikāya bhṛṅgarikāya127 āśane pāśane pāpanikūle kapilamitte ili mitte.

1.­55

“Homage to the Blessed Buddha! May the secret mantra syllables be fulfilled! Svāhā!

1.­56

“Ānanda, may this great peahen, the queen of incantations taught by the Thus-Gone One, protect me! May it guard me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns! [F.92.b]

1.­57

“Ānanda, nowhere in the worlds of gods, māras, Brahmā, humans who are śramaṇas and brāhmaṇas,128 and asuras have I seen any god, goddess, divine son, divine daughter, male divine elder, female divine elder, male divine attendant, female divine attendant, male nāga, female nāga, nāga son, nāga daughter, male nāga elder, female nāga elder, male nāga attendant, female nāga attendant, male asura, female asura, asura son, asura daughter, male asura elder, female asura elder, male asura attendant, female asura attendant, male marut, female marut, marut son, marut daughter, male marut elder, female marut elder, male marut attendant, female marut attendant, male garuḍa, female garuḍa, garuḍa son, garuḍa daughter, male garuḍa elder, female garuḍa elder, male garuḍa attendant, female garuḍa attendant, male gandharva, female gandharva, gandharva son, gandharva daughter, male gandharva elder, female gandharva elder, male gandharva attendant, female gandharva attendant, male kinnara, female kinnara, kinnara son, kinnara daughter, male kinnara elder, female kinnara elder, male kinnara attendant, female kinnara attendant, male mahoraga, female mahoraga, mahoraga son, mahoraga daughter, male mahoraga elder, female mahoraga elder, male mahoraga attendant, female mahoraga attendant, male yakṣa, female yakṣa, yakṣa son, yakṣa daughter, male yakṣa elder, female yakṣa elder, male yakṣa attendant, female yakṣa attendant, male rākṣasa, female rākṣasa, rākṣasa son, rākṣasa daughter, male rākṣasa elder, female rākṣasa elder, male rākṣasa attendant, female rākṣasa attendant, male preta, female preta, preta son, [F.93.a] preta daughter, male preta elder, female preta elder, male preta attendant, female preta attendant, male piśāca, female piśāca, piśāca son, piśāca daughter, male piśāca elder, female piśāca elder, male piśāca attendant, female piśāca attendant, male bhūta, female bhūta, bhūta son, bhūta daughter, male bhūta elder, female bhūta elder, male bhūta attendant, female bhūta attendant, male kumbhaṇḍa, female kumbhaṇḍa, kumbhaṇḍa son, kumbhaṇḍa daughter, male kumbhaṇḍa elder, female kumbhaṇḍa elder, male kumbhaṇḍa attendant, female kumbhaṇḍa attendant, male pūtana, female pūtana, pūtana son, pūtana daughter, male pūtana elder, female pūtana elder, male pūtana attendant, female pūtana attendant, male kaṭapūtana, female kaṭapūtana, kaṭapūtana son, kaṭapūtana daughter, male kaṭapūtana elder, female kaṭapūtana elder, male kaṭapūtana attendant, female kaṭapūtana attendant, male skanda, female skanda, skanda son, skanda daughter, male skanda elder, female skanda elder, male skanda attendant, female skanda attendant, male unmāda, female unmāda, unmāda son, unmāda daughter, male unmāda elder, female unmāda elder, male unmāda attendant, female unmāda attendant, male chāyā, female chāyā, chāyā son, chāyā daughter, male chāyā elder, female chāyā elder, male chāyā attendant, female chāyā attendant, male apasmāra, female apasmāra, apasmāra son, apasmāra daughter, male apasmāra elder, female apasmāra elder, male apasmāra attendant, female apasmāra attendant, male ostāraka, female ostāraka, ostāraka son, ostāraka daughter, male ostāraka elder, female ostāraka elder, male ostāraka attendant, or female ostāraka attendant [F.93.b] who intends to harm anyone who, with the use of the great peahen, queen of incantations, is guarded, concealed, protected, cared for, and nurtured, whose tranquility and well-being is secured, who is kept safe from punishments and weapons, whose poison is counteracted, whose poison is stopped, around whom a boundary is drawn, or who has bound the earth.

1.­58

“Even if one of them, wishing to find a point of entry, were to search for one, it would not be found. Gods would not find a place to assemble. Nāgas would not find a place to assemble. Asuras would not find a place to assemble. Maruts would not find a place to assemble. Garuḍas would not find a place to assemble. Gandharvas would not find a place to assemble. Kinnaras would not find a place to assemble. Mahoragas would not find a place to assemble. Yakṣas would not find a place to assemble. Rākṣasas would not find a place to assemble. Pretas would not find a place to assemble. Piśācas would not find a place to assemble. Bhūtas would not find a place to assemble. kumbhaṇḍas would not find a place to assemble. Pūtanas would not find a place to assemble. Kaṭapūtanas would not find a place to assemble. Skandas would not find a place to assemble. Unmādas would not find a place to assemble. Apasmāras would not find a place to assemble. And ostārakas would not find a place to assemble. Should anyone transgress the great peahen, queen of incantations, their head will split into seven pieces like the blossom of a basil shrub.129 These mantra syllables should also be brought to mind:

1.­59

Tadyathā ili mili kili mili kiṃ dugdhe mukte sumukte āḍe nāḍe sunāḍe.130

1.­60

“May the god in highest Aḍakavatī shower down rain!

1.­61

Ārā pārā godohikā ili mili bhijjilikā udukā ḍunduka kāṭuṭukā131 ili mili tili mili samantataḥ kṛtvā hulu hulu hili hili mili mili132 pili pili133 kili kili śīrṣeṇa varṣaṃ cūlu cūlu134 cala cala cili cili cūlu cūlu135 ciḍi ciḍi136 śikhi śikhi śikhi śikhi iṭi viṭi khi khi khi khi137 juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu juhu [F.94.a] hara hara haraṇe138 jambhe prajambhe sarvaduṣṭapraduṣṭānāṃ jambhemi stambhemi.139

1.­62

“Guard me! Conceal me! Protect me! Care for me! Nurture me! Bring about my tranquility and well-being! Keep away punishments and weapons! Counteract poison! Neutralize poison! Draw a boundary! Bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­63

Tadyathā citre140 citramūle citre citramāle hale halamāle phale phalamāle khuru khuru141 varu varuṇe virodhaye142 suru suru muru muru.143

1.­64

“May poison from the wicked and the evil, poison from bites, poison roots, and poison food be eradicated by the splendor of all buddhas!

1.­65

Suru suru ke cara cara ke vara vara ke vakke piri piri.144

1.­66

“May poison be counteracted by the splendor of the seven completely perfect buddhas together with their saṅgha of śrāvakas! May poison be completely eradicated. May poison cease to be!

1.­67

Elā melā ili milā tili tili melā tiha duha tilimā timā dumā dhīmā dhumā dhusu kumbhā kumbhā sukumbhā sumbhā tumbā samātumbā āḍe nāḍe tila kuñjanāḍe varṣatu devaḥ ilikisi.145

1.­68

“Through my love for all beings, may the god shower down rain everywhere for nine or ten months!

1.­69

Vuśaḍe śavariṇi vudāriṇi146 kevaṭṭe kevaṭṭakamūle itiśabari tuṃbe tuṃbe priyaṅkare avāṭṭe parivaṭṭi.

1.­70

“May the god shower down a rain of fresh water everywhere!

1.­71

Namo bhagavate indragomisikāya iṭṭitāya godohikāya bhṛṅgārikāya ale tale kuntale aṭṭe naṭṭe kunaṭṭe āśane pāśane pāpanikūle pratikūle.

1.­72

“Homage to the blessed buddhas! Svāhā!

1.­73
“The conqueror Vipaśyin sat at an aśoka tree,
The conqueror Śikhin sat at the foot of a white lotus,
Viśvabhū approached the foot of a sal tree,
The brahmin Krakucchanda was at the trunk of an albizia tree,
Buddha Kanakamuni was at a fig tree,
Kāśyapa approached the foot of a banyan tree,
And the supreme Śākya sage, Gautama,
Approached the foot of a sacred fig tree147 and awakened.148 [F.94.b]
May the gods who have yearning devotion
Toward these buddhas with great magical powers,
In a state of rapture and joy,
Ensure well-being and tranquility always!
1.­74

Tadyathā ili mili kili mili kili cili kili voli udurā suduru sudumode busara busara hu hu karañje karañjamūle ihisa ihi sanatā kuṇḍali kuntāli nārāyaṇi pārāyaṇi pāśyani pāśya pāśyani kapilavastuni irivāsi.149

1.­75

“May the Dravidian mantra syllables be fulfilled! Svāhā!

1.­76

“Ānanda, these great remedies were uttered by Brahmā, lord of the Sahā world, and by Śakra, lord of the gods, and by the Four Great Kings, and by the twenty-eight great yakṣa generals. Ānanda, should anyone approach with malice in his heart those holding the names of these great remedies, his head will split into seven pieces like the blossom of a basil shrub.

1.­77

Tadyathā kīrtimūle eraṇḍamūle samantamūle naḍanāḍe aḍe nāḍe kuśanāḍe itte mitte māru araḍakā maraḍakā ilikiśi godohika uddhundhuma bhinna meḍā.150

1.­78

“Homage to all buddhas!

1.­79
“May you two-legged ones have well-being!
May you four-legged ones have well-being!
May you who have set out on a journey have well-being!
May you who are returning have well-being!
May you have well-being at night!
May you have well-being at midday too!
May you have well-being at all times!
1.­80
“May no misfortune occur for them!
May all their days be fortunate!
May all their lunar mansions be auspicious!
1.­81
“Through this true speech,
May all the buddhas, with their great magical powers,
And all arhats, who have exhausted the defilements, ensure well-being at all times!
1.­82

“May the great peahen, the queen of incantations spoken by the Thus-Gone One, guard me! May it conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! [F.95.a] May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­83

“Ānanda, the yakṣas, the great yakṣas, who dwell in the ocean, who dwell on Sumeru, the king of mountains, and on other kings of mountains, and who dwell in jungles and vast jungles, in rivers and great rivers, in arbors and waterfalls, in tanks, pools, and mountain caverns, at charnel grounds and great charnel grounds, at crossroads, in towns, cities, temples, gardens, groves, and forests, and on paths and wrong paths and, Ānanda, those yakṣas who dwell in the royal palace of Aḍakavatī‍—may they protect me with the great peahen, queen of incantations! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­84

Tadyathā hari hāriṇi cali cālini bhramaṇi bhramani151 mohani staṃbhani jaṃbhani svayaṃbhuve svāhā!

1.­85

“Ānanda, in the east there lives a gandharva king named Dhṛtarāṣṭra, who, as the lord of all gandharvas, exercises control over a retinue of several hundred thousand gandharvas. May he who protects and nurtures the eastern direction, together with his son, grandson, brother, minister, general, messenger, envoy, servant, and assembly, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May he conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­86

Tadyathā jhu jhuru jhu jhuru jhu jhuru jhuru jhuru jhuru me svāhā!152

1.­87

“Ānanda, in the south there lives a kumbhaṇḍa king named Virūḍhaka, who, as lord of the kumbhaṇḍas, [F.95.b] exercises control over a retinue of several hundred thousand kumbhaṇḍas. May he who protects and nurtures the southern direction, together with his son, grandson, brother, minister, general, messenger, envoy, servant, and assembly, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May he conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­88

Tadyathā veluke veluke amṛtaghātani varuṇavate somavate veṇumālini veluni putrike co cu ci cu svāhā!

1.­89

“Ānanda, in the west there lives a king of the nāgas named Virūpākṣa, who, as lord of the nāgas, exercises control over a retinue of several hundred thousand nāgas. May he who protects and nurtures the western direction, together with his son, grandson, brother, minister, general, messenger, envoy, servant, and assembly, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May he conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­90

Tadyathā veduri veduri vedūrī vedūrī maṭṭite maṭṭite koṭi koṭi vedyumati vedyumati153 hu hu hu hu hu hu hu hu ru ru ru ru ru ru ru ru cu cu cu cu cu cu cu cu154 ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ca ju155 svāhā!

1.­91

“Ānanda, in the north there is a yakṣa king named Vaiśravaṇa, who, as lord of the yakṣas, exercises control over a retinue of several hundred thousand yakṣas. [F.96.a] May he who protects and nurtures the northern direction, together with his son, grandson, brother, minister, general, messenger, envoy, servant, and assembly, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May he conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­92

Tadyathā sauri sauri śiri śiri mati mati tiri tiri mati kiri kiri hiri hiri pelu pelu piṅgale culu culu hataṃ viṣaṃ bandhumati nihataṃ viṣam bandhumati svāhā!156

1.­93
“In the east, Dhṛtarāṣṭra,
In the south, Virūḍhaka,
In the west, Virūpākṣa,
In the north, Kubera‍—
1.­94
“These four great kings,
Renowned protectors of the earth,
Guard the four directions.
Mighty leaders of great armies,
Vanquishers of foes,
Unassailable and invincible,
Luminous and possessed of miraculous power,
Resplendent and renowned‍—
With their great miraculous powers
They rival the gods and asuras in battle.
1.­95

“May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May they conceal me, protect me, envelop me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­96

Tadyathā ele mele kele tele mele śele vāśe dumbe dudumbe.

1.­97

“May the god shower down rain everywhere!

1.­98

Tili mili dumbe dudumbe aṭṭe vaṭṭe paramadu vatte.

1.­99

“May the god shower down torrents of rain everywhere! [F.96.b]

1.­100

Guṭu guṭunta aḍakavaddāyām aṇḍe naṇḍe tuṇḍe tutuṇḍe cukke vukke mukke iriḍi miriḍi niriḍi piriḍi hiriḍi hiri hili hili hulu hulu mili mili tule tatale svāhā!157

1.­101

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the great yakṣa generals. They are as follows:

1.­102
“Sañjaya, eldest son of Kubera,
Who rides upon a man,
Dwells in his residence of Mithilā
And reveres the truth of the gods.
1.­103

“May he, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­104

Tadyathā bale bale balkale mātaṅgi caṇḍale puruṣaṇi vici lici gauri gandhāri mataṅgi caṇḍāle mālini hili hili āgate gauri gandhāri koṣṭhika pacari vihāri hili hili kubje svāhā!158

1.­105
“Krakucchanda is in Pāṭaliputra,159
Aparājita is in Ṣṭhālā,160
The yakṣa Śaila is in Bhadrapura,
Mānava is in the north,
And Vajrapāṇi has settled
On Vulture Peak in Rājagṛha.
1.­106
“They traverse thrice
The breadth of the ocean.
Mighty and glorious,
They pace at ten leagues.
1.­107
“The yakṣa Garuḍa is in Vipula,161
Citragupta is in Citīmukha,
And the yakṣa Vakkula is in Rājagṛha,
Powerful at the head of his army.
1.­108
“The yakṣas Kāla and Upakālaka
Dwell in Kapilavastu,
Where the great sage, the most esteemed of Śākyas,
The awakened sage, was born.
1.­109
“Kalmāṣapāda is in Vairā,
Maheśvara lives among the Kirātas,
Bṛhaspati is in Śrāvastī,
And Sāgara dwells in Sāketa.
1.­110
“Vajrayudha is in Vaiśalī,
Haripiṅgala lives among the Mallas,
Mahākāla is in Vārāṇasī,
And Sudarśana in Campā.
1.­111
“The yakṣa Viṣṇu is in Dvārakā,
Dharaṇa is in Dvārapāli,
Vibhīṣana162 is in Tāmraparṇī,
And Mardana is in Uragā.
1.­112
“The yakṣa Āṭavaka is in Āṭavī,
Kapila is in Bahudhanyaka,
Vasutrāta is in Ujjayanī,
And Vasubhūmi is in Avanti.
1.­113
“Bharuka is in Bharukaccha,
Nanda dwells in Nandapura,
Mālyadhara is in Agrodaka, [F.97.a]
And Ānanda is in Amaraparvata.163
1.­114
“Śukladaṃṣṭra is in Suvāstu,
Ḍṛḍhanāman is in Manasvi,
Mahāgiri164 is in Girinagara,
And Vāsava dwells among the Vaidiśas.165
1.­115
“In Rohitaka is Kārttikeya,
Known throughout the world as Kumāra.
Śatabāhu is in Varṇabhaṭa,166
And Bṛhadratha167 is in Kaliṅga.
1.­116
“Duryodhana is in Śrughna,
Arjuna is in Arjunavana,
The yakṣa Maṇḍapa is in Mardana,168
And Girikūṭa is in Mālava.
1.­117
“Bhadra is in Rohitāśva,
Sarvabhadra is in Sāgara,169
Pālitaka is in Saṇṭīraka,170
And Sārthavāha is in Dhaneśvara.
1.­118
“Kūṭadaṃṣṭra is in Ajitañjaya,
Vasubhadra is in Vasāti,
Śiva is in Śivapurādhāna,
And Śivabhadra is in Bhīṣaṇa.
1.­119
“The yakṣa Indra is in Indrapura,
Puṣpaketu is in Śilāpura,
Dāruka in Dārukapura,
And Kapila dwells in Varṇi.
1.­120
“Brothers Maṇibhadra and Pūrṇabhadra
Are in Brahmavatī,
Pramardana is in Gāndhāra,
And Prabhañjana is in Takṣaśilā.
1.­121
“The great yakṣa Kharopoṣta
Dwells in Daśaśaila.171
Trigupta is in Hanumattīra,
And Prabhaṅkara is in Rauruka.172
1.­122
“Nandī and Vardhana
Are in the city of Nandivardhana.
Vāyira is in Vāyibhūmīya,
And Kalahapriya is in Lampāka.
1.­123
“Gardabhaka is in Mathurā,
Kalaśodara173 is in Laṅkā,
The yakṣa Sūryaprabha is in Śūnya,174
And the yakṣa Girimuṇḍa is in Kośala.
1.­124
“Vijaya and Vaijayanta
Dwell in Pāṇḍamāthura,
The yakṣa Pūrṇaka is in Malaya,
And Kinnara is at Kailash,175
1.­125
“Meghamāli is in Pauṇḍra,
Khaṇḍaka is in Pratiṣṭhāna,
Śaṅkālī176 is in Pitaṅgala,
And Sukhāvaha is in Taraṅgavatī.
1.­126
“The yakṣa Sundara is in Nāsika,
Asaṅga177 is in Tarukacchaka,178
Pitānandin is in Nandika,
And Vīra is in Karahāṭaka.179
1.­127
“Lambodara is in Kaliṅga,
Mahābhuja180 is in Kauśalyā,
Svastika is in Svastikaṭaka,
And Pālaka is in Vārāṇasī.181
1.­128
“Bhadrakarṇa is in Taṭiskandha, [F.97.b]
Dhanapara182 is in Ṣaṭpura,
The yakṣa Bala is in Vairāmaka,
And Priyadarśana is in Avantī.
1.­129
“Śikhaṇḍin is in Gomardana,
Añjalipriya183 is in Vidiśa,
Veṣṭitaka is in Chatrākāra,
And Makarandama is in Tripurī.184
1.­130
“Viśālākṣa is in Ekakakṣa,
Aṇḍabha is in Udumbara,
Anābhoga is in Kauśāmbī,185
And Virocana is in Śāntivatī.
1.­131
“Caritaka186 is in Ahicchatra,
Kapila is in Kampilya,
Bakkula is in Ujjahānyā,
And Pūrṇaka is in Maṇḍavī.
1.­132
“Naigameśa is in Pāñcālī,
Prasabha is in Gajasāhvaya,
Dṛḍhadhanu is in Varuṇā,
And Purañjaya is in Yodheya.
1.­133
“Tararka and Kurutararka,
The yakṣa lords, are in Kurukṣetra.
Mahollūkhala and Mekhala
Are in the place known as Yakṣī.187
1.­134
“Vyatipātana, Siddhārtha,
And Āyatī are forest dwellers.
Siddhapātra188 is in Śrughna,
And Sthala is in Sthalā.
1.­135
“Two yakṣas, Siṃhabala and the other‍—
Siṃhabala and Vyāghrabala‍—
Live in Koṭivarṣa.
Likewise, Mahāsena is in Parapurañjaya.189
1.­136
“Puṣpadanta is in Campā,
Magadha is in Girivraja,
The yakṣa Parvata is in Goyoga,
And Suṣeṇa is in Nāgara.
1.­137
“Vīrabāhu is in Sāketa,
Sukhāvaha is in Kākaṭi,
Anāyasa is in Kauśāmbī
And Bhadrika is in Bhadrikā.
1.­138
“The yakṣa named Bhūtamukha
Is in Pāṭaliputra
Aśoka is in Kāñcī,
And Kaṭaṅkaṭa190 is in Ambaṣṭha.
1.­139
“Siddhārtha is in Bharukaccha,
Mandaka is in Ajitañjaya,
Mañjakeśa is in Agrodaka,
And Maṇikānana is in Saindhava.
1.­140
“The Vikaṭaṅkaṭa yakṣas
Dwell in Kapilavastu,
Naikṛtika is in Gāndhāraka,
And Dvāraka is in Nilayadhruva.191
1.­141
“The yakṣa Madhyamakīya
Is in famed Saubhadriya,
Vairāṭaka is in Sārapura,
And Jambhaka is in Marubhūmi.192
1.­142
“Also, in Vṛndakaṭa there is
The yakṣa known as Vikaṭa.
Vemānika is in Devasarma,
And Mandara is in Darada. [F.98.a]
1.­143
“Prabhaṅkara is in Kaśmīra,
Caṇḍaka193 is in Jaṭāpura,
And the one named Pāñcika
Dwells on the border of Kaśmīra.194
1.­144
“He has five hundred sons,
Mighty leaders of great armies.
The eldest of son of Pāñcika
Dwells in Cīnabhūmi.
1.­145
“The one named Skandhākṣa
Dwells with his brother in Kauśika.
Daṃṣṭrapāda195 is in Kaliṅga,
And Maṇḍala is in Maṇḍalāsana.
1.­146
“Laṅkeśvara is in Kāpiśī,196
Mārīcī is in Rāmakāṅkṣi,
Dharmapāla is in Khāśa,
And Mahābhuja is in Balhi.
1.­147
“Prince Jinarṣabha,
The resplendent son of Vaiśravaṇa,
Dwells in Tukhāra,
Surrounded by ten million yakṣas.
1.­148
“Sātāgiri and Haimavata
Dwell in Sindhusāgara,
Triśūlapāṇi is in Tripura,
And Pramardana is in Kaliṅga.
1.­149
“Pāñcālagaṇḍa197 is in Dramiḍa,
Dhaneśvara is in Siṃhala,
Śukāmukha is in Aṭavī,
And Kiṅkara lives in Pātāla.
1.­150
“Prabhāsvara is in Puṇḍarīka,198
Śarmila199 is in Mahāpura,
Prabhañjana200 is in Darada,
And Piṅgala dwells in Ambulima.
1.­151
“Vaccaḍa201 is in Vaccaḍādhāna,202
Mātali is in Kāmada,
Suprabuddha is in Putrīvaṭa,
And Narakuvera is in Kāpiśī.203
1.­152
“Pārāsara is in Pārata,
Śaṅkara is in Śakasthāna,
Vemacitra is in Bālhīka,204
And Piṅgala is in Ketaka.
1.­153
“Pūrṇamukha is in Puṇḍavardhana,
Karāḍa is in Uḍḍiyānaka,
Kumbhodara is in Kauśala,
And Makaradhvaja is in Maru.
1.­154
“Citrasena is in Vokkāṇa,
Rāvaṇa is in Ramatha,
Piṅgala is in Rāśina,205
And Priyadarśana is in Patnīya.
1.­155
“The yakṣa Kumbhīra
Dwells in Rājagṛha in Vipula
And is attended by yakṣas
Numbering several hundred thousand.
1.­156
“Gopāla is in Ahicchatrā,
Alaka is in Alakāpura,
Nandin is in Nandinagara,
And Bali dwells in Grāmaghoṣa.206
1.­157
“Vaiśravaṇa is in Devāvatāra
With his own army of guardians.
He dwells in Aḍakavatī [F.98.b]
Surrounded by ten million yakṣas.
1.­158

“All these yakṣas are miraculous and mighty, lead great armies, and vanquish their foes. They are unassailable and invincible, have miraculous powers, and are resplendent, vibrant, and renowned. They rival the gods and asuras in battle with their great miraculous powers.

1.­159

“May they use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May they conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­160

Tadyathā akaṭe vikaṭe hariṇi hāriṇi dharaṇi dhāraṇi hukke hukke vukke vukke. hana hana hana hana hana hana hana hana hana hana my enemies.207 Daha daha daha daha daha daha daha daha daha daha those who wish me harm.208 Paca paca paca paca paca paca paca paca paca paca those who oppose me.209 Dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu dhu those who wish me harm.210 Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha211 iṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi jiṭi destroy my enemies.212 Culu culu culu culu culu culu culu culu culu culu hili hili hili hili hili hili hili hili hili hili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi destroy my enemies.213 Hikka mikka cikka dukka214 śrībhadre maṅgalye215 samantabhadre hiraṇyagarbhe sarvārthasādhani amale kamale216 vimale candre candraprabhe sūrye217 sūryakānte durvijñeye dume218 dumbe dodumbe priyaṅkare!

1.­161

“Protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­162

“Ānanda, [F.99.a] you are to uphold the names of the twenty-eight great yakṣa generals, who guard and protect the ten directions.

1.­163

“Ānanda, in the eastern direction dwell four great yakṣa generals who guard and protect the eastern direction. They are Dīrgha, Sunetra, Pūrṇaka, and Kapila. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­164

“Ānanda, in the southern direction dwell four great yakṣa generals who guard and protect the southern direction. They are Siṃha, Upasiṃha, Śaṅkhila, and Nanda. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­165

“Ānanda, in the western direction dwell four great yakṣa generals who guard and protect the western direction. They are Hari, Harikeśa, Prabhu, and Piṅgala. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­166

“Ānanda, in the northern direction dwell four great yakṣa generals who guard and protect the northern direction. They are Dharaṇa, Dharananda, Udyogapāla, and Viṣṇu. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­167

“Ānanda, in the intermediate directions there dwell four great yakṣa generals who guard and protect the intermediate directions. They are Pañcika, Pañcālagaṇḍa, Sātāgiri, and Haimavata. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns! [F.99.b]

1.­168

“Ānanda, there are four great yakṣa generals who dwell on the earth and protect the beings who course upon the earth. They are Bhūma, Subhūma, Kāla, and Upakāla. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­169

“Ānanda, there are four great yakṣa generals who dwell in the sky and protect the beings who course in the sky. They are Sūrya, Soma, Agni, and Vāyu. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­170

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the great king Vaiśravaṇa’s Dharma brothers, who guard and protect beings, who course in the world in order to benefit the world, ending the misfortunes, epidemics, and calamities of the world. They are Indra, Soma, Prajāpati, Varuṇa, Bharadvāja, Īśāna, Candana, Kāmaśreṣṭha, Kunikaṇṭha, Nikaṇṭhaka, Vaḍi, Maṇi, Māṇicara, Praṇāda, Upapañcaka, Sātāgiri, Haimavata, Pūrṇaka, Khadira, Kovida,219 the yakṣa Gopāla, Āṭavaka, Nararāja, Jinarṣabha, Pāñcālagaṇḍa, Sumukha, the yakṣa Dīrgha with his entourage, the gandharva Citrasena, Triphālin, Trikaṇṭhaka, Dīrghaśakti, and Mātali. These yakṣas are great yakṣas, leaders of armies, replete with miraculous power, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned. They are the brothers of the great king Vaiśravaṇa. It is to these yakṣas that the great king Vaiśravaṇa calls out, saying, ‘This yakṣa is harming me! That yakṣa is not letting me go!’ [F.100.a] May these brothers of the great king Vaiśravaṇa also use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­171

“May they protect me against strife, argument, derision, fights, and battles! May they protect me against human grahas, nonhuman grahas, deva grahas, nāga grahas, asura grahas, marut grahas, garuḍa grahas, gandharva grahas, kinnara grahas, mahoraga grahas, yakṣa grahas, rākṣasa grahas, preta grahas, piśāca grahas, bhūta grahas, kumbhaṇḍa grahas, pūtana grahas, kaṭapūtana grahas, skanda grahas, unmāda grahas, chāyā grahas, apasmāra grahas, ostāraka grahas, nakṣatra grahas, and lepaka grahas!220

1.­172

“May they protect me against those who devour vital energy, wombs, and flesh, drink blood, devour fat, grease, marrow, and newborns, steal life force, devour oblations, garlands, perfumes, incense, flowers, fruits, grains, and burnt offerings, drink pus, devour feces, drink urine, devour saliva, snot, mucus, vomit, and filth, and drink from cesspools! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­173

“May they protect me against kṛtyā rites,221 kākhordas, kiraṇas, burnt offering substances, and burnt offerings, [F.100.b] against destroyers,222 dūtas, vetālas, ciccas, preṣakas, indigestible food, evil vomit, wicked chāyās, the evil eye, written hexes, traversed hexes, neglected spirits, terror, and threats from kings, against bandits, fire, water, enemy armies, famine, untimely death, earthquakes, landowners, violent beasts, and threats of enemies, and against death and all other perils!

1.­174

“Guard me from the threat of skin disease, itching, leprosy, hives, fistulas, boils, skin irritation, rashes, and abscesses! Remove headache, splitting headache, loss of appetite, eye illness, nose illness, mouth illness, throat illness, heart disease, sore throat, earache, toothache, heart pain, side pain, backache, stomachache, cheek pain, urinary tract pain, male genital pain, female genital pain, hip pain, thigh pain, calf pain, hand pain, foot pain, and pain in the major and minor appendages! Remove fevers! Remove one-day fevers, two-day fevers, three-day fevers, four-day fevers, weeklong fevers, half-month fevers, month-long fevers, two-month-long fevers, momentary fevers, chronic fevers, intermittent fevers, fevers from bhūtas, fevers that arise from wind disorders, bile disorders, phlegm disorders, or their combination, all other fevers, all illnesses, all grahas, all poisons, all misdeeds, all suffering, and all fears! Svāhā! [F.101.a]

1.­175

“Ānanda, there are twelve great piśācīs who protected the Bodhisattva223 while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are those twelve? They are Lambā, Vilambā, Pralambā, Olambā, Hārītī, Harikeśī, Piṅgalā,224 Kālī, Karālī, Kambugrīvā, Kākī, and Kalaśodarī. These twelve piśācīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns! Here are the words in the mantra:

1.­176

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile225 mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi. Guard me! Svasti svasti svasti svasti. May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­177

“Ānanda, there are eight great piśācīs who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are Madā, Madanā, Madotkaṭā, Upamadā, Pretī, Ojohāriṇī, Aśanī, and Grasanī. These eight piśācīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May they protect me, envelop me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, [F.101.b] keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­178

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matti maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi. Guard me! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­179

“Ānanda, there are seven piśācīs who devour flesh and blood, who are harmful to humans, who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are Agrodikā, Rakṣitikā, Citrapiśācikā,226 Pūrṇabhadrikā, Agnirakṣitikā, Mitrakālikā, and Ṛṣirakṣitikā. These seven piśācīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­180

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi. Guard me! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­181

“Ānanda, there are five great rākṣasīs who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are Kuṇṭhā, Nikuṇṭḥā, Nandā, Viṣṇulā, and Kapilā. These five rākṣasīs [F.102.a] are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­182

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi. Guard me! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­183

“Ānanda, there are eight great rākṣasīs who devour flesh and blood, who are harmful to humans, and who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are Mohā, Susīmā, Kuśākṣī, Keśinī, Kāmbojī, Sumitrā, Lohitākṣī, and Kācarā. They devour flesh and blood, steal men, women, boys, and girls, haunt families with pregnant women, haunt empty houses, follow those who walk in darkness, make noises, and steal the vitality of humans. They have no compassion, and they terrorize human beings. These eight great rākṣasīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­184

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu [F.102.b] meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi. Guard me! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­185

“Ānanda, there are ten great rākṣasīs who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are the rākṣasī Hārītī, the rākṣasī Nandā, the rākṣasī Piṅgalā, the rākṣasī Śaṅkhinī, the rākṣasī Kālikā,227 the rākṣasī Devamitrā, the rākṣasī Kumbhāṇḍā, the rākṣasī Kuntadaṃṣṭrā, the rākṣasī Lambā,228 and the rākṣasī Analā. These ten great rākṣasīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­186

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svāhā! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­187

“Ānanda, there are twelve great rākṣasīs who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. Who are they? They are the rākṣasī Anārthikā, the rākṣasī Samudrā, the rākṣasī Raudrā, the rākṣasī Prāṇahāriṇī, the rākṣasī Vidyādharā,229 the rākṣasī Dhanurdharā, the rākṣasī Śaradharā, the rākṣasī Asidharā, the rākṣasī Haladharā, the rākṣasī Cakradharā, the rākṣasī Cakravāḍā, and the rākṣasī Vibhīṣaṇā.230 These twelve great rākṣasīs are replete with miraculous powers, [F.103.a] resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­188

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svāhā! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­189

“Ānanda, there are twelve great mātṛkās who protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. They harm beings, terrorize them, and perpetuate violence against them. Who are they? They are Brāhmī, Raudrī, Kaumārī, Vaiṣṇavī, Aindrī, Vārāhī, Kauberī, Vāruṇī, Yāmyā, Vāyuvyā, Āgneyī,231 and Mahākālī. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­190

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svāhā! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­191

“Ānanda, there is a great piśācī named Ekajaṭā, who is the wife of Rāvaṇa232 and lives on the seashore. She travels eighty thousand leagues in a single night when she smells the scent of blood. She herself protected the Bodhisattva while he was in his mother’s womb, while he was being born, and even after his birth. [F.103.b] May she, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­192

Tadyathā hare khare khure male mile mūle madenti matte maṇḍitike hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu hulu lu lu lu lu meḍi meḍi meḍi meḍi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svāhā! Svasti svasti svasti svasti! May well-being be mine! Svāhā!

1.­193

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the rākṣasīs.233 They are the rākṣasī named Kapilā, the rākṣasī named Padumā,234 the rākṣasī named Mahiṣī, the rākṣasī named Morikā,235 the rākṣasī named Nāḍikā,236 the rākṣasī named Jvalanī, the rākṣasī named Tapanī, the rākṣasī named Kalaśī, the rākṣasī named Vimalā, the rākṣasī named Dharaṇī, the rākṣasī named Haricandrā, the rākṣasī named Rohiṇī, the rākṣasī named Mārīcī, the rākṣasī named Hutāśanī, the rākṣasī named Vāruṇī, the rākṣasī named Kālī, the rākṣasī named Kauñjarā, the rākṣasī named Balā, the rākṣasī named Grasanī, the rākṣasī named Karālī, the rākṣasī named Mātaṅgī, the rākṣasī named Piṅgalā, the rākṣasī named Vidurā, the rākṣasī named Gaurī, the rākṣasī named Gandhārī,237 the rākṣasī named Kumbhāṇḍī, the rākṣasī named Kāraṅgī, the rākṣasī named Rāvaṇī, the rākṣasī named Madanī, the rākṣasī named Aśanī,238 the rākṣasī named Garbhāhāriṇī, the rākṣasī named Rudhirāhāriṇī, the rākṣasī named Danturā, the rākṣasī named Uttrāsanī, the rākṣasī named Brāhmī, the rākṣasī named Taḍāgapālinī, the rākṣasī named Vajradharā, the rākṣasī named Skandā,239 the rākṣasī named Varṣaṇī, the rākṣasī named Garjanī, the rākṣasī named Sphoṭanī, the rākṣasī named Vidyotanī, the rākṣasī named Jaṅgamā, the rākṣasī named Ulkāmukhī, the rākṣasī named Vasundharā, the rākṣasī named Kālarātrī, the rākṣasī named Yamadūtī, the rākṣasī named Damṣṭrā, the rākṣasī named Yāmā,240 the rākṣasī named Amalā, [F.104.a] the rākṣasī named Acalā,241 the rākṣasī named Ūrdhvajaṭā, the rākṣasī named Śataśīrṣā, the rākṣasī named Śatabāhu, the rākṣasī named Śatanetrā, the rākṣasī named Ghāṭanī, the rākṣasī named Mardanī, the rākṣasī named Mārjārī, the rākṣasī named Candrā,242 the rākṣasī named Niśācarā, the rākṣasī named Divasacarā, the rākṣasī named Maṇḍitikā,243 the rākṣasī named Krodhanā, the rākṣasī named Viheṭhanā, the rākṣasī named Asimuṣaladharā,244 the rākṣasī named Triśūlapāṇī, the rākṣasī named Karāladantī, the rākṣasī named Manoramā, the rākṣasī named Somā, the rākṣasī named Caṇḍālī, the rākṣasī named Daṇṭā, the rākṣasī named Hiḍimbā, the rākṣasī named Nīlā, and the rākṣasī named Citrā.

1.­194

“These seventy-four great rākṣasīs are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­195

Tadyathā hili hili hili hili245 mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili mili huru huru huru huru huru huru huru huru huru huru ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi ciṭi hikke hikke hikke hikke haḍa havaṭo246 vakṣe vakṣe vakṣe247 hora hora dhara dhara hara hara248 cala cala culu culu249 svāhā!

1.­196
“Homage to all buddhas, svāhā!
To pratyekabuddhas, svāhā!
To arhats, svāhā!
To the bodhisattva Maitreya, svāhā!
To all bodhisattvas, svāhā!
To non-returners, svāhā!
To once-returners, svāhā!
To stream enterers, svāhā!
To those who have gone correctly, svāhā!
To those who have progressed correctly, svāhā!
To Brahmā,250 svāhā!
To Indra, svāhā!
To Prajāpati, svāhā!
To Īśāna, svāhā!
To Agni, svāhā!
To Vāyu, svāhā!
To Varuṇa, svāhā!
To Kubera, svāhā!251
To Yama, svāhā! [F.104.b]
To Upendra, svāhā!
To Vaiśravaṇa, the great yakṣa general, svāhā!
To Dhṛtarāṣṭra, lord of the gandharvas, svāhā!
To Virūḍhaka, lord of the kumbhaṇḍas, svāhā!
To Virūpākṣa, lord of the nāgas, svāhā!
To the gods, svāhā!
To the nāgas, svāhā!
To the asuras, svāhā!
To the maruts, svāhā!
To the garuḍas, svāhā!
To the gandharvas, svāhā!
To the kinnaras, svāhā!
To the mahoragas, svāhā!
To the yakṣas, svāhā!
To the rākṣasas, svāhā!
To the pretas, svāhā!
To the piśācas, svāhā!
To the bhūtas, svāhā!
To the kumbhaṇḍas, svāhā!
To the pūtanas, svāhā!
To the kaṭapūtanas, svāhā!
To the skandas, svāhā!
To the unmādas, svāhā!
To the chāyās, svāhā!
To the apasmāras, svāhā!
To the ostārakas, svāhā!
To the moon and the sun, svāhā!
To the rudras, svāhā!252
To the lunar mansions, svāhā!
To the celestial bodies, svāhā!
To the stars, svāhā!
To the ṛṣis, svāhā!
To those accomplished in yogic conduct, svāhā!
To those accomplished in incantations, svāhā!
To Gaurī, svāhā!
To Gandhārī, svāhā!
To Jāṅgulī, svāhā!
To Amṛtā, svāhā!
To Jambhanī, svāhā!
To Stambhanī, svāhā!253
To Cāpeṭī, svāhā!
To Drāmiḍī, svāhā!
To Śabarī, svāhā!
To Atharvaśabarī,254 svāhā!
To Caṇḍālī, svāhā!
To Mātaṅgī, svāhā!
To Nāgahṛdaya, svāhā!
To Garuḍahṛdaya, svāhā!
To Mānasī, svāhā!
To Mahāmānāsī, svāhā!
To Ṣaḍakṣarī, svāhā!
To Maṇibhadra, svāhā!
To Samantabhadra, svāhā!
To Mahāsamantabhadra, svāhā!
To Mahāsamaya, svāhā!
To Mahācandra, svāhā!
To Mahāpratisarā, svāhā!
To Śītavana, svāhā!
To Mahāśītavana, svāhā!
To Daṇḍadharā, svāhā!
To Mahādaṇḍadharā, svāhā!
To Mucilinda, svāhā!
To Mahāmucilinda, svāhā!
To Jayantī, svāhā!
To Śānti, svāhā!
To Pañcika, svāhā!255
To Aparājita, svāhā!
To Suvarṇāvabhāsa, the peacock king,256 svāhā!
To the great peahen, queen of incantations, svāhā! [F.105.a]
1.­197

“Through these great incantations, these great mantras, these great averting spells, these great protective spells, kṛtyas are destroyed! Magic rites are destroyed! Kākhordas, kiraṇas, vetālas, ciccakas, and preṣakas are destroyed! Skandas, unmādas, chāyās, apasmāras, ostārakas, fears, noxious potions, and poisons are destroyed! Indigestible food, evil vomit, wicked chāyās, the evil eye, written hexes, traversed hexes, and neglected spirits are neutralized! One-day fevers, two-day fevers, three-day fevers, four-day fevers, weeklong fevers, half-month fevers, month-long fevers, fevers that occur in the day, fevers that occur at night, momentary fevers, chronic fevers, intermittent fevers, fevers that arise from wind disorders, bile disorders, phlegm disorders, or their combination, fevers from humans, and fevers from nonhumans are healed! All fevers are destroyed! Skin disease, itching, hives, leprosy, boils, skin irritation, rashes, and abscesses are removed! Headache, splitting headache, loss of appetite, eye illness, nose illness, mouth illness, throat illness, heart disease, sore throat, earache, toothache, heart pain, side pain, backache, stomachache, cheek pain, urinary tract pain, male genital pain, female genital pain, hip pain, thigh pain, calf pain, hand pain, foot pain, and pain in the major and minor appendages are all neutralized! All grahas are overcome! [F.105.b] All poisons are neutralized! All illnesses are healed!

1.­198

“May well-being be mine! May all buddhas bestow upon me well-being at night, well-being in the day, well-being at midday, and well-being day and night!

1.­199
“Homage to all buddhas! Homage to awakening!
Homage to the liberated ones! Homage to liberation!
Homage to the tranquil ones! Homage to tranquility!
Homage to the completely liberated ones! Homage to complete liberation!
Homage to the brahmins who have discarded evil qualities!
May they protect me!
1.­200

“May my father be well! May my mother be well! May the womb be well! May two-legged creatures be well! May four-legged creatures be well! May multilegged creatures be well! May all the beings in the three realms be well! Svāhā!

1.­201

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the nāga kings! They are the nāga king Blessed Buddha, the nāga king Brahmā, the nāga king Mahābrahmā, the nāga king Indra, the nāga king Upendra, the nāga king Samudra, the nāga king Samudraputra, the nāga king Free from Poison,257 the nāga king Sāgara, the nāga king Sāgaraputra, the nāga king Makara, the nāga king Nanda, the nāga king Upananda, the nāga king Nala, the nāga king Upanala, the nāga king Sudarśana, the nāga king Vāsuki, the nāga king Takṣaka, the nāga king Aruṇa, the nāga king Varuṇa, the nāga king Pāṇḍaraka,258 the nāga king Ṣaḍaṅgula, the nāga king Entry into the Womb,259 the nāga king Śrīmat, the nāga king Śrīkaṇṭha, the nāga king Śrīvardhana, the nāga king Śrībhadra, the nāga king Balabhadra, the nāga king Abjaka, the nāga king Śalabha, the nāga king Subāhu, [F.106.a] the nāga king Sumeru, the nāga king Sūryaprabha, the nāga king Candraprabha, the nāga king Bhadrakānta, the nāga king Nardana, the nāga king Garjana, the nāga king Vidyotana, the nāga king Sphoṭana, the nāga king Varṣaṇa, the nāga king Vimala, the nāga king Alakaśīrṣa, the nāga king Balakaśīrṣa, the nāga king Aśvaśīrṣa, the nāga king Gavayaśīrṣa, the nāga king Mṛgaśīrṣa, the nāga king Hastiśīrṣa, the nāga king Ārdrabalaka, the nāga king Janārdana, the nāga king Citra, the nāga king Citrākṣa, the nāga king Citrasena, the nāga king Namuci, the nāga king Muci, the nāga king Mucilinda, the nāga king Rāvaṇa, the nāga king Rāghava, the nāga king Śiri, the nāga king Śirika,260 the nāga king Lamburu, the nāga king Kṛmi,261 the nāga king Ananta, the nāga king Kanaka, the nāga king Hastikaccha, the nāga king Pāṇḍara, the nāga king Piṅgala, the nāga king Elapatra,262 the nāga king White,263 the nāga king Śaṅkha, the nāga king Apalāla, the nāga king Kālaka, the nāga king Upakālaka, the nāga king Baladeva, the nāga king Nārāyaṇa, the nāga king Polava,264 the nāga king Bhīma, the nāga king Rākṣasa, the nāga king Śailabāhu, the nāga king of the Gaṅgā, the nāga king of the Sindhu, the nāga king of the Vakṣu, the nāga king of the Sītā,265 the nāga king Maṅgalya, the nāga king Anavatapta, the nāga king Supratiṣṭhita, the nāga king Airāvaṇa, the nāga king Dharaṇidhara, the nāga king Nimindhara, the nāga king Dyutindhara, the nāga king Bhadra, the nāga king Subhadra, the nāga king Vasubhadra, the nāga king Balabhadra,266 the nāga king Maṇi, [F.106.b] the nāga king Maṇikaṇṭha, the two black nāga kings, the two yellow nāga kings, the two red nāga kings, the two white nāga kings, the nāga king Māli, the nāga king Raktamāli, the nāga king Vatsa, the nāga king Bhadrapada, the nāga king Dundubhi, the nāga king Upadundubhi, the nāga king Āmratīrthaka, the nāga king Maṇisuta, the nāga king Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the nāga king Virūḍhaka, the nāga king Virūpākṣa, the nāga king Vaiśravaṇa, the nāga king Śakaṭamukha, the nāga king Cāmpayaka, the nāga king Gautama, the nāga king Pāñcālaka, the nāga king Pañcacūḍa,267 the nāga king Pradyumna, the nāga king Bindu, the nāga king Upabindu, the nāga king Alika, the nāga king Kālika, the nāga king Balika,268 the nāga king Kiñcinī, the nāga king Kiñcaka, the nāga king Campaka,269 the nāga king Kṛṣṇagautama, the nāga king Sumanas,270 the nāga king Mānuṣa,271 the nāga king Mūlamānuṣa, the nāga king Uttaramānuṣa, the nāga king Mātaṅga, the nāga king Amāṇuṣa, the nāga king Boat,272 the nāga king Uttama, the nāga king Valuka,273 the nāga king Ulūka,274 the nāga king Hulu,275 the nāga king Ela, the nāga king Elaparṇa,276 the nāga king Alabāla, the nāga king Marabāla,277 the nāga king Manasvin, the nāga king Karkoṭaka, the nāga king Kapila, the nāga king Śaivala, the nāga king Utpala, the nāga king Nakhaka, the nāga king Vardhamānaka, the nāga king Mokṣaka, the nāga king Buddhika, the nāga king Pramokṣa, the nāga king Lava,278 the nāga king Aśvatara,279 the nāga kings Ela and Mela, the two nāga kings Nanda and Upananda, the nāga king Acchila, [F.107.a] the nāga king Mahāsudarśana, the nāga king Parikāla, the nāga king Parikīṭa,280 the nāga king Sumukha, the nāga king Ādarśamukha, the nāga king Gandhāra, the nāga king Siṃhala,281 the nāga king Dramiḍa, the two black nāga kings, the two white nāga kings, and the two pale nāga kings. There are also those who cause periodic thunder, lightning, and rain and produce crops on the earth.

1.­202

“They have beheld the Buddha, upheld the bases of training, and gone for refuge to the Three Jewels. They are free of the threat of garuḍas, the threat of fire and sand, and the threat of royal sentence. Lords of the earth, they dwell in celestial mansions made of precious gems and have long lives that last for an eon. Known as great lords, they have great miraculous powers, great enjoyments, and large entourages, and they vanquish enemy troops. They are replete with miraculous powers, resplendent, vibrant, and renowned, and with their great miraculous powers they even rival the gods and asuras in battle.

1.­203

“May these nāga kings, along with their sons, grandsons, brothers, ministers, generals, messengers, envoys, servants, and assemblies, through the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­204

“May there be well-being when clean and unclean, when drunk and intoxicated, and while going, standing, sitting, sleeping, awake, coming, or staying! May I be safe from the threat of kings, bandits, fire, water, enmity, murder, adversaries, enemies, [F.107.b] attackers, enemy troops, famine, untimely death, earthquakes, and wild animals! May I be safe from the threat of gods, nāgas, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, bhūtas, kumbhaṇḍas, pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, skandas, unmādas, chāyās, apasmāras, and ostārakas! May I be safe from the threat of kṛtyā rites,282 kākhordas, kiraṇas, vetālas, ciccakas, preṣakas, indigestible food, evil vomit, wicked chāyās, the evil eye, written hexes, traversed hexes, and neglected spirits! May I be safe from the threat of skin disease, itching, leprosy, hives, boils, skin irritation, rashes, and abscesses! May all buddhas grant me well-being at night, well-being at midday, and well-being day and night!

1.­205
“Homage to the buddhas! Homage to awakening!
Homage to the liberated ones! Homage to liberation!
Homage to the tranquil ones! Homage to tranquility!
Homage to the emancipated ones! Homage to emancipation!
Homage to the brahmins who have discarded evil qualities!
May they all guard and protect me! Svāhā!
1.­206

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, [F.108.a] was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Vipaśyin:

1.­207

Tadyathā araḍe karaḍe made madavardhani abare śabare ture ture cure cure śabare parṇaśabare huci huci muci muci svāhā!283

1.­208

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Śikhin:

1.­209

Tadyathā iṭṭe miṭṭe khure vikhure hili hili mili mili ketumūle ambare ambarāvati dumbe dodumbe hili hili kuci kuci muci muci svāhā!284

1.­210

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Viśvabhū:

1.­211

Tadyathā mori mori kevaṭṭe maṇḍe maṇḍi tike hare hare ghare ghare khare khare hili hilini hala halani phale phale phalini dante dantini dantile śakaṭi makaṭi makaṭi naḍe naḍini śiri śiri śiri śiri śiri śiri svāhā!285

1.­212

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Krakucchanda:

1.­213

Tadyathā hiḍi miḍi kuḍi muḍi tuḍi āḍi danti dantile śakari cakari thagari tagari kāñcani kañcanāvati bare bare bare bare dante siddhi svāhā!286

1.­214

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Kanakamuni:

1.­215

Tadyathā tattale tatale talatotale vīre vijaye vijjadhare araje viraje virājāmasi mati mālini muṇḍi śrīmuṇḍi jvāle jvāle jvāle jvāle bhaghavati siddhi svāhā!287

1.­216

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered by the completely perfect Buddha Kāśyapa:

1.­217

Tadyathā aṇḍare288 kaṇḍare maṇḍare khaṇḍare jaṃbu jaṃbunadi jaṃbuvati matte maṇḍitike amare siddhi289 hara hara hara hara paśu paśu paśu paśu paśupati siddhi svāhā!290

1.­218

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, is now uttered by me, the completely perfect Buddha Śākyamuni, [F.108.b] in order to benefit all beings:

1.­219

Tadyathā hili mili kili mili ilile katale ketumūle aṭamali ḍaphe ḍaḍaphe busarake busaṭe narakande kāmiṇi kambu darakirurutara baraṇi prakṛti dāṃṣṭre mili tale hiti hāse abale tubale pilaṅke baṭṭi baṭṭi tike aḍantube baṭi tumme.291

1.­220
“May the god shower down rain throughout the ten directions!
Homage to the Blessed One!
May you joyfully shower down rain upon the earth!
Homage to the Blessed One!
1.­221

Irijaye godohikāye bhṛṅgarikāye aruci naruci naṭṭe vajre vajranaṭṭe udayanapriye ale tale kula tāle nārāyaṇi pārāyaṇi paśyani sparśani.292 May the syllables of the Dravidian secret mantra be fulfilled! Svāhā!

1.­222

“Just as the monk Ānanda brought well-being to the monk Svāti with what I, the Thus-Gone One, taught and rejoiced in, may it likewise guard me,293 care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May one live a hundred years! May one see a hundred autumns!

1.­223

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered and rejoiced in by the bodhisattva Maitreya:

1.­224

Tadyathā śiri śiri śiri bhadre jyoti jyoti jyoti bhadre hare hare hare294 hāriṇi danti śabare śive śūlapāṇini bodhi bodhi bodhi bodhi bedhi bedhi295 satve bodhiparicāniye296 svāhā!

1.­225

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered and rejoiced in by Brahmā, lord of the Sahā world:

1.­226

Tadyathā hili hili mili mili milini caṅkari kiri kiri kiri kiri kiri kiri kiraye brahmāye ratna­karaṇḍake veḍohuphussa dhare dhara sara sara hara hara hala hala phuru phuru [F.109.a] phuru phuru phuru phuru svāhā!297

1.­227
“Poison is overcome!
Poison is counteracted!
Poison is overcome by the splendor of the buddhas!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the pratyekabuddhas!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the arhats!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the non-returners!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the once-returners!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the stream enterers!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the truth speakers!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Brahmā’s rod!298
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Indra’s thunderbolt!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Viṣṇu’s wheel!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Yama’s staff!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Varuṇa’s noose!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the asuras’ magical apparitions!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the nāgas’ incantations!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of Rudra’s lance!
Poison is counteracted by the splendor of the skandas’ spears!
Poison is counteracted by the great peahen, queen of incantations!
Poison is overcome! May poison sink into the earth!
1.­228

“May I be safe from all poisons‍—vatsanābha poison, halāhala poison, kālakūṭa poison, poison from bites, poison from roots, poison from food, poison from powders, poison from glances, poison from lightning, poison from clouds, poison from snakes, poison from rats, poison from worms, poison from spiders, poison from wasps, poison from toads, poison from bees, poison from bumble bees, poison from vāṭara bees, poison from tryambuka flies, poison from trailāṭā flies, poison from humans, poison from scorpions, poison from nonhumans, fear-poison,299 poison from medicine, and poison from incantations! May I be safe from all poisons!

1.­229

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered and rejoiced in by Śakra, lord of the gods:

1.­230

Tadyathā jalā jantule mālā jantule capeṭi jantule mathani ghatani grasani hari śiri huti śiri taru taru ṇabati hā hā hā hā hā siṃhe dhiti dhiti kuru kuru basare [F.109.b] vajre tuṭa tuṭasi baṭa baṭasi sili sili kapili kapili mūle hā hī hū.300 I will crush all wicked and evil ones! I will bind their hands, legs, and primary and secondary limbs, and with the help of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three301 I will punish them! Uṣṭigini surapate varti vajra vajra vajra vajra vajra vajrapataye svāhā!302

1.­231

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered and rejoiced in by the Four Great Kings:

1.­232

Tadyathā jvala jvalana tapa tapana matha mathana dhama dhamana sara saraṇa kiṭi kiṭi kuṭi kuṭi muṭi muṭi miṭi miṭi piṭi piṭi sara sara mara mara hara hara tara tara tiri tiri ṭā ṭā ṭā ṭā ṭā dā dā dā dā dā vā vā vā vā vā hala hala hala hala hala siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svasti svasti svasti svasti svasti.303

1.­233

“Protect me from preṣakas, from the messengers of Yama, from Kālarātrī, from the noose of time,304 from the punishment of the Lord of Death, and from the punishments of Brahmā, Indra, ṛṣis, gods, nāgas, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, bhūtas, kumbhaṇḍas, pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, skandas, unmādas, ostārakas, vetālas, kings, bandits, fire, and water‍—protect me from all punishments! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­234

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the river queens!305 They are the river queen Gaṅgā, the river queen Sindhu, the river queen Vakṣu, the river [F.110.a] queen Sītā, the river queen Śarayū, the river queen Ajiravatī, the river queen Yamunā, the river queen Kuhā, the river queen Vitastā, the river queen Vipaśyā, the river queen Śatabāhu,306 the river queen Airāvatī, the river queen Candrabhāgā, the river queen Sarasvatī, the river queen Kacchapī, the river queen Payoṣṇī, the river queen Kāvelī,307 the river queen Tāmraparṇī, the river queen Madhumatī, the river queen Vetravatī, the river queen Ikṣumatī, the river queen Gomatī, the river queen Carmadā,308 the river queen Narmadā, the river queen Saumitrā, the river queen Viśvamitrā, the river queen Amarā, the river queen Tāmarā,309 the river queen Pañcālā, the river queen Suvāstu, the river queen Prabhadrikā, the river queen Tapodā, the river queen Vimalā, the river queen Nairañjanā, the river queen Great River,310 the river queen Hiraṇyavatī, the river queen Gosavā,311 and the river queen Rathasyā.312 313

1.­235

“May all those who live in these and all other rivers that flow on this earth‍—beings of different shapes, of hideous shapes, multiple and infinite in form, and shapeshifting and variegated; all gods, nāgas, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, mahoragas, kinnaras, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, bhūtas, kumbhaṇḍas, pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, skandas, unmādas, chāyās, [F.110.b] apasmāras, and ostārakas; and those who consume vitality, devour wombs, drink blood, devour flesh, fat, grease, marrow, and offspring, steal life force, devour oblations, garlands, fruits, flowers, perfumes, incense, grains, and burnt offerings, devour pus and feces, drink urine, devour saliva, snot, mucus, leftovers, vomit, and filth, and drink from cesspools‍—use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­236

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the mountain kings!314 They are the mountain king Sumeru, the mountain king Himavat, the mountain king Gandhamādana, the mountain king Śataśṛṅga, the mountain king Khadiraka, the mountain king Suvarṇapārśva, the mountain king Dyutindhara, the mountain king Nimindhara, the mountain king Cakravāḍa, the mountain king Mahācakravāḍa, the mountain king Indraśaila, the mountain king Brahmālaya, the mountain king Śrīmanta, the mountain king Sudarśana, the mountain king Vipula, the mountain king Ratnākara, the mountain king Kṛmila, the mountain king Maṇikūṭa, the mountain king Vemacitra, the mountain king Vajrākara, the mountain king Hanucitra, the mountain king Asuraprāgbhāra, the mountain king Vidyutprabha, [F.111.a] the mountain king Aśvastha,315 the mountain king Candraprabha, the mountain king Bhadraśaila, the mountain king Sūryākānta, the mountain king Vindu, the mountain king Vindhya, the mountain king Candraśaila, the mountain king Citrakūṭa, the mountain king Malaya, the mountain king Suvarṇaśṛṅga, the mountain king Parijāta, the mountain king Subāhu, the mountain king Maṇimanta, the mountain king Susena, the mountain king Brahmadaṇḍa,316 the mountain king Vedagaccha, the mountain king Gokarṇa, the mountain king Mālyacitra, the mountain king Abhayacitra, the mountain king Khaḍga, the mountain king Tāpana, the mountain king Añjana,317 the mountain king Muñja,318 the mountain king Rurubha, the mountain king Darada, the mountain king Kailāsa, the mountain king Sahya, the mountain king Upasita,319 the mountain king Candanamāla, the mountain king Vallūlagṛha,320 the mountain king Mahendra,321 the mountain king Gopagiri, the mountain king Kākanāda, and the mountain king Śāsanadhara.322

1.­237

“May all those who live on these and other mountain kings on this earth‍—all the gods, nāgas, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, pretas, piśācas, bhūtas, kumbhaṇḍas, pūtanas, kaṭapūtanas, skandas, unmādas, chāyās, apasmāras, ostārakas, accomplished vidyādharas, and kings and their entourages‍—use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! [F.111.b] May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns! Dispel all misdeeds! May all virtues manifest! Dispel nonvirtue! Manifest what is beneficial! Dispel what is harmful! May all awakened ones bestow upon me well-being at night, well-being in the day, well-being at midday, and well-being day and night! Svāhā!

1.­238

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the lunar mansions that course through and illuminate the sky!

1.­239

“There are the seven lunar mansions consisting of Kṛttikā, Rohiṇī, Mṛgaśirā, Ārdrā, Punarvasu, the perfectly auspicious Puṣya, and Aśleṣā. These seven lunar mansions dwell at the eastern gate and guard and protect the eastern direction. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­240

“There are the seven lunar mansions consisting of Maghā the destroyer of enemies, the pair of Pūrvaphālgunī and Uttaraphālgunī, Hastā, Citrā, Svāstī, and Viśākhā. These seven lunar mansions dwell at the southern gate and guard and protect the southern direction. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­241

“There are the seven lunar mansions consisting of the majestic Anurādhā,323 Jyeṣṭhā, Mūlā, Pūrvāṣāḍhā and Uttarāṣāḍhā, Abhijit, and Śravaṇa. These seven lunar mansions dwell at the western gate and guard and protect the western direction. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­242

“There are the seven lunar mansions consisting of Śatabhiṣā, Dhaṇiṣṭhā, Pūrvabhādrapadā and Uttarabhādrapadā, Revatī, Aśvinī, and Bharaṇī. These seven lunar mansions dwell at the northern gate [F.112.a] and guard and protect the northern direction. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­243

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the celestial bodies that course among the lunar mansions, bringing growth and decline, joy and suffering, abundance and famine. They are the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Rāhu the lord of the asuras, and the smoky Ketu.

1.­244
“There are twenty-eight lunar mansions,
Seven located in each direction.
The stars also number seven,324
So miraculous and austere.
1.­245
“The Sun and Moon
Make thirty-seven in all.
In their rising and setting,
They course like a wheel of weapons.
1.­246
“They bring growth and decline in the world
With their great majestic and miraculous power.
May they, reverentially minded,
Rejoice in the incantation!
1.­247

“May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­248

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the ancient ṛṣis.325 Accomplished in asceticism and incantations, they glow with renown, dwell at rivers and mountains, wield the weapons of curses, are famous for their austerities, possess miraculous powers and the five superknowledges, and course through the sky. I will utter their names. They are the great ṛṣis named Aṣṭamaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadevaka, Mārkaṇḍeya, Mārīcī, Viśvamitra, Vasiṣṭha, Valmīki,326 Kāśyapa, [F.112.b] Vṛddhakāśyapa, Bhṛgu, Bhṛṅgirasa, Aṅgiras,327 Bhṛṅgin,328 Baṭṭa,329 Bhāgiratha, Ātreya, Purastya, Sthūlaśira, Jamadagni,330 Dvaipāyana, Kṛṣṇadvaipāyana, Harīta, Haritāyana, Samaṅgira,331 Udgata, Samudgata, Kṣāntivādin, Kīrtī, Sukīrtī, Guru, Siddha,332 Potalaka, Aśvalāyana, Himavat, Lohitākṣa, Vaiśampāyana,333 Durvāsa, Śarabha, Madana, Prabha, Śukra, Bṛhaspati, Aranemi, Śanaiścara, Budha, Jāṅgulī, Gandhāra, Ekaśṛṅga, Ṛṣiśṛṅga, Bhāṇḍāyana,334 Kātyāyana,335 Kāṇḍyāyana,336 [F.113.a] Bhīṣma, Bhīṣmamātaṅga, Kapila, Gautama, Lohitāśva, Bālikhilya,337 Nārada, Parvata, and Kṛmila.

1.­249

“Ānanda, these ancient great ṛṣis uphold the Vedas, use mantras, cast curses, have accomplished asceticism, perfected great majesty, and successfully defeated foes. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­250

Tadyathā hiri hiri khiri khiri miri miri phuri phuri suri suri hili hili mili mili siri siri ḍaphu ḍaphu ḍaḍaphu grasani mathani damani dahani ghātani pacani pācani tapani tāpani hanani dahani dāhani dahā dahā dahā dala dala dālani pāṭani mohani stambhani jambhani svayambhu svāhā!338

1.­251

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the great lords of beings who are, by the countless variations of fortune, positioned throughout the three worlds among virtuous and nonvirtuous gods, nāgas, maruts, asuras, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, humans, beings born as animals, and hell beings.339 These lords of beings340 are Brahmā, Atri,341 Ātreya, Agni, Bhṛgu, Pulastya, Pulaha, Manu, Vasiṣṭha, Duṣṭa, [F.113.b] Sutanu, Sunandamāna, Dakṣa, and Sanatkumāra.

1.­252

“Ānanda, these great lords of beings are positioned to protect the host of beings that are both stationary and mobile. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­253

“May I be protected by these unimpeded mantra syllables:

1.­254

Tadyathā hiri hiri khiri khiri miri miri phuri phuri suri suri hili hili mili mili siri siri ḍaphu ḍaphu ḍaḍaphu grasani mathani damani dahani ghātani pacani pācani tapani tāpani hanani dāhani dāhani daha daha daha dala dala dālani pāṭani mohani stambhani jambhani svāhā!342

1.­255

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the strong poisons.343 They are aṇḍarā, paṇḍarā, karaḍā, keyūrā, bhūtāṅgamā, bhūtapati, vindupati, śiripati, tejapati, tejograpati, yaśopati, yaśograpati, araḍā, taraḍā, taradā, tarataraḍā, dantājāha, jauhā, jolā, milā, halā, phalā, gulahā, rucirā, danturā, irikicikā, kirikirikā, kāmbha, śadanturā, vipuli, nakuli, kiripi, taraṅgā, riṣṭa, āmramati, jambumati, madhumati, kamale, vimale, kuṇḍale, ahi tuhi, duhi, vakke, vakkadūte, vatsanābhe, mahāgāre, tulambe, dulambe, and sulambe, svāhā!

1.­256

“These, Ānanda, are the strong poisons. May they, too, use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to guard me! May they conceal me, protect me, care for me, nurture me, bring about my tranquility and well-being, keep away punishments and weapons, counteract poison, neutralize poison, draw a boundary, and bind the earth! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­257

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the names of the trees. They are the great trees called kāñcana, [F.114.a] pippala,344 aśvatthāna,345 kapittha, puṇḍarīka,346 kapītaka,347 aśoka, karṇikāra, tiniśa,348 bilva, and cūta. May all the gods that live in these great trees and all other trees also use the great peahen, queen of incantations, to protect me! May I live a hundred years! May I see a hundred autumns!

1.­258

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was uttered and rejoiced in by the seven completely perfect buddhas. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Vipaśyin. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Śikhin. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Viśvabhū. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Krakucchanda. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Kanakamuni. It was uttered and rejoiced in by the completely perfect Buddha Kāśyapa. And it is now being taught and rejoiced in by me, the completely perfect Buddha Śākyamuni.

1.­259

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, was explained and rejoiced in by the bodhisattva Maitreya. It was spoken and rejoiced in by Brahmā, lord of the universe. It was spoken and rejoiced in by Śakra, lord of the gods. It was spoken and rejoiced in by the Four Great Kings: [F.114.b] It was spoken and rejoiced in by Dhṛtarāṣṭra, king of the gandharvas; it was spoken and rejoiced in by Virūḍhaka, king of the kumbhaṇḍas; it was spoken and rejoiced in by Virūpākṣa, king of the nāgas; and it was spoken and rejoiced in by Vaiśravaṇa, king of the yakṣas. It was spoken and rejoiced in by the twenty-eight gandharva generals, the twenty-eight kumbhaṇḍa generals, the twenty-eight nāga generals, the twenty-eight yakṣa generals, the great yakṣa general Pañcika, and Hārītī with her entourage of five hundred sons.

1.­260

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, cannot be transgressed by deva grahas, nāga grahas, marut grahas, asura grahas, garuḍa grahas, gandharva grahas, kinnara grahas, mahoraga grahas, yakṣa grahas, rākṣasa grahas, preta grahas, piśāca grahas, bhūta grahas, kumbhaṇḍa grahas, pūtana grahas, kaṭapūtana grahas, skanda grahas, unmāda grahas, chāyā grahas, apasmāra grahas, and ostāraka grahas. It cannot be transgressed by any grahas!

1.­261

“It cannot be transgressed by those who sap vital energy, devour wombs, steal life force, devour oblations, devour flesh, drink blood, devour fat, grease, marrow, and offspring, devour perfumes, flowers, fruits, grains, and burnt offerings, drink pus, devour feces, [F.115.a] drink urine, saliva, snot, and mucus, devour leftovers, vomit, and filth, and drink from cesspools!

1.­262

“It cannot be transgressed by kṛtya rites, kiraṇas, vetālas, ciccakas, preṣakas, indigestible food, evil vomit, wicked chāyās, the evil eye, written hexes, traversed hexes, or neglected spirits!349 It cannot be transgressed by one-day fevers, two-day fevers, three-day fevers, four-day fevers, weeklong fevers, half-month fevers, month-long fevers, half-day fevers, fevers that occur in the day, momentary fevers, chronic fevers, intermittent fevers, fevers from bhūtas, and fevers that arise from wind disorders, bile disorders, phlegm disorders, or their combination! It cannot be transgressed by any fevers!

1.­263

“It cannot be transgressed by headaches, splitting headaches, loss of appetite, eye illness, nose illness, mouth illness, throat illness, heart disease, sore throat, earache, toothache, heart pain, side pain, backache, stomachache, cheek pain, urinary tract pain, male genital pain, female genital pain, hip pain, thigh pain, calf pain, hand pain, foot pain, and pain in the major and minor appendages! It cannot be transgressed by skin disease, itching, hives, leprosy, pustules, boils, skin irritation, rashes, or abscesses! [F.115.b] It cannot be transgressed by any illness, poison, animosity, threat, epidemic, fight, argument, misfortune, infectious disease, or mental disturbance!

1.­264

“Ānanda, should someone transgress the great peahen, queen of incantations, Vajrapāṇi will crush his head into seven pieces! Their luster and intelligence will be eclipsed by the splendor of the buddhas, bodhisattvas, pratyekabuddhas, and śrāvakas. They will have disappointed noble beings. The Four Great Kings will inflict tremendous suffering using all kinds of weapons, even including razors.350 Śakra, lord of the gods, surrounded by the assembly of the Thirty-Three, will crush their head with a vajra. Brahmā’s splendor will reduce their fortune to ash.

1.­265

“Ānanda, whoever uses the great peahen, queen of incantations, for protection or wears it as an amulet will get off with a severe punishment if deserving of execution. They will get off with a milder beating if deserving of a severe punishment, will get off with a scolding if deserving of a beating, will get off with a warning if deserving of a scolding, will get off by having their body hairs bristle with fear if deserving of a warning, and likewise will be freed if deserving of having their body hairs bristle with fear. They will not be threatened by kings or by robbers or fire. Their life will not end because of water, and their body will be impervious to poison and weapons. They will sleep well and wake easily and will be well and free from danger and fear. [F.116.a] Their opponents and enemies will be vanquished, they will not be injured, and they will be free of all peril. With the exception of the ripening of his previous actions, Ānanda, they will live long and happily.

1.­266

“Ānanda, the great peahen, queen of incantations, should be read aloud when there is too much rain and when rain is scarce. It will incite all the nāgas, and heavy rain will be brought to an end. When rain is scarce, it will be showered down according to the wishes of the sons or daughters of noble family. Ānanda, when just recollecting the great peahen, queen of incantations, brings the cessation of all peril and enmity, how much more well-being is secured when memorizing it fully, in its entirety!

1.­267

“Ānanda, you are to uphold the great peahen, queen of incantations! In order to guard, protect, and shelter the fourfold retinue‍—monks and nuns, laymen and laywomen‍—you should master the great peahen, queen of incantations, which vanquishes all hostility. Memorize it! Recite it!

1.­268

Tadyathā yāvati dhāvati dharakila351 hulu hulu352 me svāhā!

1.­269
“Lust, hatred, and delusion:
These are the three poisons in the world.
The Blessed Buddha is free of poisons.
Poison is neutralized by the truth of the Buddha!
1.­270
“Lust, hatred, and delusion:
These are the three poisons in the world.
The Blessed One’s Dharma is free of poisons.
Poison is neutralized by the truth of the Dharma!
1.­271
“Lust, hatred, and delusion:
These are the three poisons in the world.
The Blessed One’s Saṅgha is free of poisons.
Poison is neutralized by the truth of the Saṅgha!
1.­272
“Through the power of all buddhas,
The renown of the arhats,
And the splendor of the Thus-Gone One,
I have brought about well-being!
1.­273

“Ānanda, [F.116.b] poison is neutralized by the great peahen, queen of incantations! May the monk Svāti be well!”

1.­274

“Indeed,” said Venerable Ānanda said to the Blessed One. Obeying the Blessed One, he bowed to his feet, circumambulated him three times, and approached the monk Svāti. Using the great peahen, queen of incantations, Ānanda delivered the monk Svāti from harm. He guarded him, cared for him, protected him, brought about his tranquility and well-being, kept away punishments and weapons, counteracted the poison, neutralized the poison, drew a boundary, and bound the earth! Once Venerable Ānanda had thus saved him and brought about his well-being, the venerable monk Svāti was healed of his affliction.

1.­275

Venerable Ānanda and the venerable monk Svāti approached the Blessed One and bowed to his feet. They told the Blessed One exactly what happened. The Blessed One approved, and they sat to one side.

1.­276

The Blessed One said to Venerable Ānanda, “Ānanda, have you witnessed the power of the great peahen, queen of incantations?”

1.­277

Ānanda, bowing in response to what the Blessed One had uttered, said, “How, O Blessed One, could this not be perceived?”

1.­278

“Ānanda,” said the Blessed One, “it is possible for the four great oceans to dry up. It is possible for the earth to rise into the sky. It is possible for the moon and the sun to fall to earth. It is even possible for rivers to reverse their flow. But it is impossible for the statements of the Thus-Gone One to be anything other!”

1.­279

The Blessed One then said to Venerable Ānanda, “Therefore, Ānanda, [F.117.a] you are to inspire devotion to the great peahen, queen of incantations, among the fourfold retinue of monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen!”

1.­280

“Indeed,” replied Venerable Ānanda to the Blessed One. Obeying the Blessed One, he inspired the fourfold retinue of monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen to have devotion to the great peahen, queen of incantations.

1.­281

When the Blessed One had thus spoken, Venerable Ānanda, Venerable Svāti, and all the gods, asuras, maruts, garuḍas, gandharvas, kinnaras, mahoragas, yakṣas, rākṣasas, humans, and nonhumans who were present in the entourage rejoiced and praised what the Blessed One had said.

1.­282

This concludes the dhāraṇī “The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen.”


c.

Colophon

c.­1

This was translated and edited by the Indian preceptors Śīlendrabodhi, Jñānasiddhi, and Śākyaprabha, along with the translator-editor Bandé Yeshé Dé, who proofed and finalized the translation.


ab.

Abbreviations

C Choné Kangyur
F Phukdrak Kangyur
H Lhasa (Zhol) Kangyur
J Lithang Kangyur
K Peking Kangxi Kangyur
L London (Shelkar) Kangyur
N Narthang Kangyur
S Stok Palace Kangyur
Y Peking Yongle Kangyur

n.

Notes

n.­1
Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans., Destroyer of the Great Trichiliocosm, Toh 558 (84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2016).
n.­2
Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans., The Great Amulet, Toh 561 (84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023).
n.­3
Here we follow the most popular Sanskrit rendering of the goddess’ name. The Tibetan translations of the text provide the title Mahāśītavaṇī­sūtra (bsil ba’i tshal chen mo’i mdo), which means The Sūtra of the Great Cool Forest. About this shifting morphology, see Hidas 2017, p. 452, note 20 and Skilling 1992, pp. 141–42.
n.­4
Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans., Great Cool Grove , Toh 562 (84000: Translating the Words of the
 Buddha, 2023).
n.­5
As above, we have provided the most popular Sanskrit name for the text and the Pañcarakṣā goddess it invokes. The Tibetan translation provides the title Mahā­mantrānudhārī (gsang sngags chen po rjes su ’dzin pa’i mdo), which is essentially synonymous with Mahā­mantrānusāriṇī.
n.­6
Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans., Great Upholder of the Secret Mantra, Toh 563 (84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2016).
n.­7
See Sørensen 2006, p. 90 and Skilling 1992.
n.­8
Pathak 1989, p. 32. The story comes at the very end of the Bhaiṣajyavastu (Toh 1, chap. 6); see Bhaiṣajyavastu Translation Team, trans., The Chapter on Medicines (84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021), 11.217–11.234.
n.­9
Schopen 1989, p. 157.
n.­10
Hidas 2012, p. 24.
n.­11
Orzech 2002, p. 58.
n.­12
Lewis 2000, pp. 119–64.
n.­13
See Herrmann-Pfandt 2008, p. 181 and Kawagoe 2005, p. 18, respectively.
n.­14
The colophon reads, “The blessed queen of incantations, the dhāraṇī of The Great Peahen, is complete. It was translated and edited by the Indian preceptors Śīlendrabodhi, Jñānasiddhi, Śākyaprabha, and the chief editor and translator Bandé Yeshé Dé. It was then revised and finalized based on the new lexicon. [The translation] was compared and edited in consultation with Sanskrit manuscripts, and the mantras were aligned with those in the Sanskrit manuscripts” (bcom ldan ’das ma rigs sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo’i gzungs rdzogs so/ rgya gar gyi mkhan po shI len+dra bo d+hi dang / dz+nyA sid+d+hi dang / shAkya pra b+ha dang / zhu chen gyi lo tsa ba ban d+he ye shes sdes bsgyur cing zhus te skad gsar bcad kyis kyang bcos nas gtan la phab pa/ rgya dpe la gtugs nas zhus dag byas shing sngags rnams rgya dpe dang mthun par bcos pa’o).
n.­15
Da jinse kongque wang zhou jing 大金色孔雀王咒經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 986 (CBETA; SAT)
n.­16
Fo shuo da jinse kongque wang zhou jing 佛說大金色孔雀王咒經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 987 (CBETA; SAT).
n.­17
Kongque wang zhou jing 孔雀王咒經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 988 (CBETA; SAT).
n.­18
Kongque wang zhou jing 孔雀王咒經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 984 (CBETA; SAT).
n.­19
Fo shuo da kongque zhou wang jing 大孔雀呪王經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 985 (CBETA; SAT).
n.­20
Fomu da kongque ming wang jing 佛母大孔雀明王經 (Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñīsūtra), Taishō 982 (CBETA; SAT).
n.­21
Fo shuo da kongque ming wang huaxiang tan chang yi gui 佛說大孔雀明王畫像壇場儀軌, Taishō 983a (CBETA; SAT).
n.­22
Kongque jing zhenyan deng fan ben 孔雀經真言等梵本唐, Taishō 983b (CBETA; SAT).
n.­23
The relationship between these translations has been discussed in Sørensen 2006 and Overbey 2016.
n.­24
The reading of Yamarākṣasī follows the Sanskrit edition. The Degé edition reads “Yama’s sister” (gshin rje’i sring mo), which is perhaps a scribal error for gshin rje’i srin mo.
n.­25
In the “science of beings” (bhūtavidyā) elucidated in Indic medical literature, grahas are treated as a broad class that is further subdivided into an array of beings, such as are listed here, that are believed to possesses people and trigger physical and mental illnesses.
n.­26
The Sanskrit term given here is kṛtyākarmaṇa, which is parsed into two terms in the Tibetan, gshed byed dang sgyur ba’i las. The term kṛtyākarmaṇa refers to violent rites that employ a class of beings known as kṛtyās as harmful magical agents.
n.­27
Skt. durlaṅghita; Tib. bsgom nyes. Judging by the Sanskrit term laṅghita (“overstepped, transgressed”) and its rendering into Tibetan as bsgom, which might be derived from gom (“to step or walk”), the meaning may be connected with a hex whose negative effects are felt if stepped over or on.
n.­28
These three categories refer to fevers caused by imbalances in one of the three humors‍—vāta (“wind”), pitta (“bile”), and śleṣma/kapha (“phlegm”)‍—in Āyurvedic medicine.
n.­29
The *Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī­sūtraśatasahasraṭīkā (folios 100.a–100.b) states, “ ‘To draw a boundary’ means that a boundary is drawn around the perimeter, and through its power it is not possible to approach.”
n.­30
The *Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī­sūtraśatasahasraṭīkā (folio 100.b) states, “‘To ‘bind the earth’ means that the cardinal directions, intermediate directions, and the area above one are sealed, such that no opportunity for harm can be sought from any of one’s sides.”
n.­31
This translation follows the attested Sanskrit term ardhāvabhedaka. The Tibetan term, gzhogs phyed na ba, could also be interpreted as a translation of pakṣavadha, referring to hemiplegia.
n.­32
The “major” appendages would include the head, arms, legs, etc. The “minor” appendages include the nose, ears, fingers, and toes.
n.­33
Sanskrit has tiḍi.
n.­34
This word is missing from the Sanskrit. C and L accord with the Sanskrit.
n.­35
Tibetan editions spell this as pānasu (pA na su).
n.­36
Sanskrit has piśāci.
n.­37
Sanskrit has orohaṇi.
n.­38
Sanskrit has tile.
n.­39
Sanskrit has tile after tili, which is missing in the Tibetan.
n.­40
Sanskrit has time. H and N accord with the Sanskrit.
n.­41
Sanskrit has time. H and N accord with the Sanskrit.
n.­42
Sanskrit has viṣṭhande.
n.­43
Sanskrit has hulu four times, instead of two as in the Tibetan.
n.­44
Sanskrit repeats kolu kolu hulu hulu vahulu vahulu.
n.­45
Tibetan spells this vosa (bo sa).
n.­46
Sanskrit has domadumbā.
n.­47
Sanskrit repeats hili ten times, rather than five as in the Degé.
n.­48
Sanskrit repeats mili ten times, rather than five as in the Degé, and precedes these with oṁ.
n.­49
Sanskrit repeats tili ten times, rather than five as in the Degé, and precedes these with oṁ.
n.­50
Sanskrit repeats culu ten times, rather than five as in the Degé, and precedes these with oṁ.
n.­51
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of muhu.
n.­52
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of mulu.
n.­53
Sanskrit repeats mulu ten times.
n.­54
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of hu.
n.­55
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of vā.
n.­56
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of pā.
n.­57
Sanskrit has oṁ preceding this first instance of jāla.
n.­58
This is preceded by haraṇi in the Sanskrit.
n.­59
Sanskrit has kālaṇi.
n.­60
Sanskrit has kamali.
n.­61
Sanskrit has maṇḍitike.
n.­62
This spelling is according to the Sanskrit, K, Y, H, and N. The Degé has sukusukume (su ku su ku me).
n.­63
It is not clear which god is being referred to here and in similar statements throughout the text.
n.­64
In the Sanskrit, each of the following names is rendered in the plural.
n.­65
This follows the Tib. reading longs spyod ldan. The Sanskrit reads bhāgavān.
n.­66
The Sanskrit version is missing this repetition of nāga le le le.
n.­67
The Sanskrit version has thusa thusa instead of thusu thusu.
n.­68
The Sanskrit version has guru guru instead of gulu gulu.
n.­69
The Sanskrit version has only one instance of cejini.
n.­70
The Sanskrit version reads agalu.
n.­71
This second instance of elā melā is missing from the Sanskrit version.
n.­72
Instead of tilī melā ili mitte ile tili mitte, the Sanskrit reads ili melā tili melā ili tili melā ili mitte tili mitte ili tili mitte. H and N read tili melā ili mitte ili tili mitte.
n.­73
Following the Sanskrit version. The Tibetan translation has godohikā.
n.­74
“Agitated” here reflects the Sanskrit praluḍita, rather than the usual meaning of the Tibetan zhan pa, “feeble/weakened.”
n.­75
K and Y have six repetitions of hu, H and N have four, and the Sanskrit has six, followed by hulu hulu hulu.
n.­76
This second instance of cejini (tse dzi ni) is absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­77
The Sanskrit version has agalu, K and Y have agayu (a ga yu), and N has agaru (a ga ru).
n.­78
The Sanskrit version and H, K, Y, and N read elā.
n.­79
This is followed by tili mitte in the Sanskrit.
n.­80
This spelling is in accord with the Sanskrit version. Degé reads godehikā (go de hi kA). C, H, K, Y, and N all have do instead of de.
n.­81
The Sanskrit version reads susuddhe.
n.­82
The Sanskrit version and H, K, Y, and N read maṅgale.
n.­83
Śrībhadre is absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­84
This spelling accords with the Sanskrit versions as well as H, K, Y, and N. Degé has instead sarvānartha­pravādhani (sar+b+ba a nar+tha pra bA d+ha ni).
n.­85
This spelling is in accord with the Sanskrit version as well as C, K, and Y. Degé has instead sarvāmaṅgala­sādhani (sar+ba a maM ga la sA d+ha ni).
n.­86
This is absent in the Sanskrit version as well as C, K, and Y.
n.­87
The Sanskrit version has adbhute atyabhute instead of acyute adbhute adbhyanabhute. C, K, and Y are all missing acyute.
n.­88
Vimukte is absent in the Sanskrit version. K and Y have a second mukte (muk te) instead.
n.­89
This spelling accords with the Sanskrit as well as H and N. Degé reads mośakṣani (mo sha k+Sha ni).
n.­90
The Sanskrit version and H, K, Y, and N read acyute (a tsyu te).
n.­91
This is absent in the Sanskrit version as well as K, Y, and N.
n.­92
The Sanskrit version reads mṛtasañjīvani instead of amṛte amṛtasañjīvani as in the Tibetan.
n.­93
The Sanskrit version and K, Y, and N instead read suvarṇe. The Sanskrit and H, K, Y, and N end with –varṇe, as opposed to the Degé, which incorrectly reads –varṇa.
n.­94
This is absent in the Sanskrit version as well as K, Y, and N.
n.­95
The Sanskrit version instead has brahmajeṣṭe.
n.­96
Śuci is absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­97
The Sanskrit version and C, K, and Y read guci.
n.­98
The Sanskrit version has mitti. K and Y have midte.
n.­99
The Sanskrit version has mitti.
n.­100
The Sanskrit version has mitti.
n.­101
The Sanskrit version has mile.
n.­102
Mili tili is absent in K and Y.
n.­103
Tili is absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­104
The Sanskrit version has mitti.
n.­105
The Sanskrit version has cili.
n.­106
The Sanskrit version has mili instead of mili mitti.
n.­107
Vili mili mitti is absent in C, K, and Y.
n.­108
Vili mili mitti vili mili mili is absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­109
The Sanskrit version, K, and Y read sutumbā tumbā.
n.­110
The Sanskrit version has meḍi. K and Y have meṭi. H and N have maḍi.
n.­111
The Sanskrit version has prāptamule.
n.­112
This is according to the Sanskrit version. Degé reads idihānga (I di hA nga).
n.­113
The Sanskrit version, K, and Y have tila.
n.­114
The Sanskrit version has naṭti.
n.­115
The Sanskrit version has keli.
n.­116
The Sanskrit version adds sudumbe.
n.­117
The Sanskrit version has damile.
n.­118
The Sanskrit version has santuvaṭṭe.
n.­119
The Sanskrit version has khalime.
n.­120
The Sanskrit version has tumbe sutumbe.
n.­121
This is in accord with the Sanskrit version, H, K, Y, and N. Degé has anamole.
n.­122
Kubhaṇṭi is absent in the Sanskrit version, H, and N.
n.­123
Instead of kili tili misti, the Sanskrit has ili kili misti ili.
n.­124
Reading the Tibetan rgyal po’i pho brang ’khor as the attested Sanskrit rājakulaº.
n.­125
The phrases “when among enemies” and “when among those who are hostile” are absent in the Sanskrit version.
n.­126
The mantra in the Sanskrit version reads cili mili kili mili ketumūle buddhavarṇe vusaraṇe vusaraṇe vudāraṇi vudāraṇi kevaṭṭe kevaṭṭakamūle iti savale tuṃbe tuṃbe priyaṅkare āvartta parivartta.
n.­127
This is absent in the Sanskrit version, K, Y, and N.
n.­128
This follows the Sanskrit version, H, and N in reading saśramaṇa[em. śravaṇa]­brāhmaṇa­nikāyām­ prajāyam (Tib. dge sbyong dang / bram ze’i skye dgu dang bcas pa). Degé reads dge sbyong dang bcas pa/ bram ze’i skye dgu dang bcas pa.
n.­129
Skt. arjaka (Tib. ar+dza ka).
n.­130
The Sanskrit reads ili mili kili mili kili kiṃ dugdhe mukte sumukte ūḍa nāḍa sunāḍa.
n.­131
The Sanskrit reads ḍadukā karoḍukā.
n.­132
The Sanskrit has four instances of mili, rather than two as in the Degé.
n.­133
The Sanskrit has four instances of pili, rather than two as in the Degé.
n.­134
The Sanskrit reads culu culu.
n.­135
Cūlu cūlu is absent in the Sanskrit.
n.­136
The Sanskrit has four instances of ciḍi, rather than two as in the Degé.
n.­137
Iṭi viṭi khi khi khi khi is absent in the Sanskrit.
n.­138
This spelling follows the Sanskrit, H, and N. Degé has harani; K and Y have haraṇi.
n.­139
Instead of jambhemi stambhemi as in the Degé, the Sanskrit reads ca jambhe prajambhe.
n.­140
Citre is absent in the Sanskrit, C, and H.
n.­141
The Sanskrit reads khulu khulu.
n.­142
The Sanskrit reads dhīre dharya instead of virodhaye.
n.­143
Muru muru is absent in the Sanskrit.
n.­144
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: suru suru ke cara cara ke biri biri.
n.­145
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: ela melā ili melā tili melā tiha duha tilimā timā dumā vimadhu sukumbhā sumbhā tumbā samatumbā āḍe nāḍe tila kuñjanāḍe varṣatu devaḥ tilikisi.
n.­146
The Sanskrit repeats vudāriṇi.
n.­147
Ficus religiosa. Skt. aśvattha; Tib. khyad par gnas.
n.­148
The translation of the preceding lines is informed by the syntax and terminology of the Sanskrit text.
n.­149
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: ili mili kili mili cili kili voli udumbare sudumoḍe busara busara hu hu karañje karañjamūle iti sanatā kuntari kuntāri nārāyaṇi pārāyaṇi paśyani paśya paśyani kapilavastuni iḍivā iḍivā irivā.
n.­150
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: kīrttimūle eramūle eraṇḍamūle samantamūle aḍanāḍe kuśanāḍe itte mitte pāru aḍakā maraḍakā ilikiśi godohikā udvandhamābhi bhinne medā.
n.­151
The Sanskrit has tramaṇi trāmaṇi.
n.­152
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: suru suru suru suru suru suru suru suru suru suru me svāhā.
n.­153
The second occurrence of vedyumati is absent in Sanskrit.
n.­154
The position of the repetitions of ru and cu are reversed in the Sanskrit.
n.­155
The Sanskrit reads sa.
n.­156
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: sori sori siri siri mati mati hiri hiri mati pele mati pele piṅgale curu curu hataṃ viṣaṃ bandhumati nihataṃ viṣam bandhumati svāhā.
n.­157
The Sanskrit has the following mantra, which includes the interspersed translated passages: ele mele kile tile mile śile vāse dumbe dumbe varṣatu devaḥ samantena hili mili tuṃbe tuṃbe aṭṭa vaṭṭa paradu vattā varṣatu devo guḍa guḍantu samantenāḍakovatyāṃ aṇḍe maṇḍe tunde tutunde curke vukke iriḍi miriḍi niriḍi ciriḍi hili hili hulu hulu mili mili tule tatale svāhā.
n.­158
Sanskrit has the following mantra: bale balkale mātaṅgi caṇḍali puruṣa nici nici nigauri gandhāre caṇḍāli mātaṅgi mālini hili hili āgati gati gauri gandhāri kauṣṭhikā vacari vihāri hili hili kuñje svāhā.
n.­159
In the following list of yakṣas and their locations many of the names are challenging to interpret in Tibetan translation. We have therefore relied on the names provided in the Sanskrit witness, but it is evident that the Tibetan preserves a number of unique readings. The translations that follows are tentative, and substantial divergences between the Sanskrit and Tibetan have been noted.
n.­160
This term is rendered as it appears in the Sanskrit text, but the same Tibetan term, ka ba, is used below to translate sthalā.
n.­161
This follows F and S in reading rgyas pa, which aligns with the attested Skt. vipula. The Degé has rgyal ba.
n.­162
The Sanskrit reads vibhūṣaṇa, which has been emended based on the Tibetan term ’jigs byed.
n.­163
Here we have followed the Sanskrit in reading amaraparvata, a location also found in lists of sacred sites (pīṭha) in India. The Tibetan term ’chi med sa zhag suggests the Tibetan translators read amaraparpaṭa, a term which is not attested in other sources.
n.­164
Here we follow F and S in reading ri chen, which aligns with the attested Sanskrit mahāgiri (“great mountain”). Degé and many other versions of the Tibetan read rin chen (“jewel”).
n.­165
Meaning in the city of Vidiśa.
n.­166
Varṇabhaṭa, attested in the Sanskrit, is an unlikely equivalent for the Tibetan ’od ma’i ’gram, the meaning of which is unclear.
n.­167
The Sanskrit reads vṛhadratha but is emended here based on the Tibetan shing rta che.
n.­168
This line follows the Sanskrit as the Tibetan is difficult to properly interpret.
n.­169
The Tibetan ambiguously reads ma rdzogs pa (“imperfect/incomplete”).
n.­170
The Tibetan reads snyems pa can (S: snyoms pa can), which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit saṇṭīraka.
n.­171
The translation of these two lines follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan, which is challenging to interpret, may reflect a slightly different reading: gnod sbyin chen po bong srung sel/ skyugs pa yi ni ri la gnas.
n.­172
Rauruka follows the Sanskrit and S (ro ru ka). Degé and most other versions of the Tibetan read ho nu.
n.­173
The Sanskrit reads kolaśodara, which has been emended here based on the Tibetan bum pa’i lto.
n.­174
The Tibetan reads rab nyams, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit śūnya.
n.­175
This follows the Tibetan reading ti se gangs. The Sanskrit reads kerala.
n.­176
The Tibetan reads yang dag byed, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit śaṅkālī.
n.­177
The Sanskrit reads āsaṅga, which has been emended here based on the Tibetan ma chags pa.
n.­178
The Tibetan reads gso ba’i mtha’, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit tarukacchaka.
n.­179
The translation of the final two lines follows the Sanskrit. In the Tibetan these lines continue in the next verse: “Nandika and Pitānandin, / As well as Vīra, Karahāṭaka, / And Lambodara, live in Kaliṅga” (dga’ byed dang ni pha dga’ dang / dpa’ dang gser gyi lag pa dang / ka ling+ka na lto ’phyang po).
n.­180
The Tibetan reads nag po che (“Mahākāla”), but since he was already mentioned above, we have followed the Sanskrit here.
n.­181
The Sanskrit reads vanavāsyām.
n.­182
The Sanskrit reads dhanavara, which has been emended based on the Tibetan nor gzhan po.
n.­183
The Sanskrit reads aṅgulipriya, which has been emended based on the Tibetan thal mo dga’.
n.­184
The Degé reads grong khyer drug, which renders the Sanskrit ṣaṭpura, a term already used in the previous verse.
n.­185
The Sanskrit reads vaiśalī.
n.­186
The Tibetan reads dga’ ba po, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit caritaka.
n.­187
The translation of lines three and four follow the Sanskrit syntax and thus ignore the locative particle at the end of line three in the Tibetan.
n.­188
The Tibetan reads ’gro ba drug pa, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit siddhapātra.
n.­189
The syntax and meaning of this verse in both Sanskrit and Tibetan is unclear, and likely corrupt. The English translation is therefore tentative. See Lévi 1915, p. 46 for a brief discussion of these lines.
n.­190
The Tibetan reads sha thang ba, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit kaṭaṅkaṭa.
n.­191
This reading follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ba lang ’dzin dang gzhan brnyas dang / sgo ba gnas can rtag pa dang.
n.­192
The Tibetan reads mya ngan sa na rmongs byed pa, which could tentatively be translated as “Mohana is in Śokabhūmi.”
n.­193
The Sanskrit reads campaka, which has been emended based on the Tibetan gtum po.
n.­194
The Sanskrit reads, “Sindhu, known by the name Pāñcika / Dwells in Sindhu (pāñcika iti namnā tu / vasate sindhu sindhuṣu).
n.­195
The Sanskrit reads uṣṭrapāda, which has been emended based on the Tibetan mche ba rkang.
n.­196
The Tibetan reads kapuśa (ka pu sha).
n.­197
The Tibetan reads tshigs lnga ser po, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit pāñcālagaṇḍa.
n.­198
The translation follows the Sanskrit syntax. D reads pad+ma dkar po’i ’od gsal ba; F, H, K, Y, N, and S read pad+ma dkar po’i ’od gsal ba.
n.­199
The Tibetan reads brtse ba can, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit Śarmila.
n.­200
The Tibetan reads rab ’jigs pa but should perhaps be emended to rab ’jig pa, which agrees with the Sanskrit.
n.­201
D reads vavvada (bab+ba da); F reads vavada (ba ba da); H, K, Y, and N read vavapa (ba ba pa); S reads vaccaḍa (ba ts+tsha Da) in agreement with the Sanskrit.
n.­202
D reads vavvaḍa (bab+ba Da); F reads vavaḍa (ba ba Da); H, K, Y, and N read vavapa (ba ba pa); S reads vaccaḍa (ba ts+tsha Da).
n.­203
D reads ka pu sha; H and N read ka ba sha; S reads kāpiśi (kA bi shi).
n.­204
D reads pa lha pa; F reads pa lta pa; S reads ba lha ba.
n.­205
The Tibetan reads phung po’i bdag po, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit rāśina.
n.­206
The Tibetan reads grong gi lhas, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit grāmaghoṣa.
n.­207
Within the Tibetan transliteration of this vidyā, the phrase amitrān mama (“my enemies”) is translated into Tibetan with bdag gi mi mdza’ ba rnam. The term hana means “kill.”
n.­208
Within the Tibetan transliteration of this vidyā, the phrase ahitaiṣiṇo mama (“those who wish harm me”) is translated into Tibetan with bdag gi mi phan par ’dod pa.” The term daha means “burn.”
n.­209
Within the Tibetan transliteration of this vidyā, the phrase pratyārhtikān mama (“those who oppose me”) is translated into Tibetan with bdag la phyir rgol ba rnams.” The term paca means “cook.”
n.­210
As above, the phrase ahitaiṣiṇo mama is translated into Tibetan. The Sanskrit reads nāśaya ahitaiṣiṇo mama (“destroy those who wish me harm”). The term dhu means “shake.”
n.­211
The Sanskrit has hu for all ten instances instead of ha in the Degé.
n.­212
Within the Tibetan transliteration of this vidyā, the phrase śatrūn mama (“my enemies”) is translated into Tibetan with bdag gi dgra bo rnams. The verb for this phrase, naśaya, is given in transliterated Sanskrit but has been translated here for clarity.
n.­213
As above, the phrase śatrūn mama is translated into Tibetan. And, as above, the verb naśaya is given in transliterated Sanskrit but has been translated here for clarity.
n.­214
The Sanskrit has cukke.
n.­215
The Sanskrit has maṅgale.
n.­216
This is absent from the Sanskrit, F, C, J, K, Y, and S.
n.­217
This is followed by sūryaprabhe in the Sanskrit.
n.­218
The Sanskrit has dumbe.
n.­219
Kovida is supplied from the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads g.yon can.
n.­220
The Tibetan repeats “bhūta grahas” (’byung po’i gdon), so we have followed the Sanskrit in reading lepaka here.
n.­221
As above, this translation follows the Sanskrit in reading kṛtyākarmaṇa as a single term, rather than as two terms as they appear in the Tibetan, gshed byed dang sgyur ba’i las.
n.­222
Tibetan ’joms pa. There is no equivalent to this term the Sanskrit, which reads unmāda (smyo byed) here.
n.­223
Referring, presumably, to Śākyamuni.
n.­224
Piṅgalā follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads spre’u ltar dmar ser.
n.­225
The Sanskrit has vimale.
n.­226
This reading follows the Sanskrit and the Tibetan reading sha za khra mo attested in F, K, Y, N, and S. Degé reads sha za phra mo.
n.­227
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads lus las byung ma, which suggests the Tibetan translators reads kāyikā.
n.­228
This follows the Tibetan ’phyang ma, which is used to translate lambā above. The Sanskrit reads kambojī.
n.­229
This follows the Sanskrit and S (rig ’dzin ma). Degé reads rig ma, which would translate vidyā alone.
n.­230
The Sanskrit reads vibhūṣaṇā, which has been emended based on the Tibetan ’jigs byed ma.
n.­231
The preceding set of names have been rendered as they appear in the Sanskrit. The Tibetan translators called each chung ma, “the wife of” the male deity of the corresponding name, e.g., “the wife of Brahmā,” “the wife of Rudra,” and so forth.
n.­232
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads srin po’i chung ma (“the wife of the rākṣasa”).
n.­233
Because the names of these rākṣasīs are difficult to interpret in Tibetan translation, this list is largely based on the names as attested in the Sanskrit version. It is not always clear if the Tibetan term corresponds to the Sanskrit, thus the translation of this passage is tentative. Significant variations between the Sanskrit and Tibetan terms have been noted.
n.­234
Padumā is the Middle Indic form of the Sanskrit padma.
n.­235
Morikā is the Middle Indic form of mayūrikā. The Tibetan reads dkar mo.
n.­236
The Sanskrit name Nāḍikā corresponds closely with the Tibetan term attested in S, sbu gu can. Degé reads dbu bu can.
n.­237
The rākṣasīs Vidurā, Gaurī, and Gandhārī do not have a clear equivalent in the Tibetan translations. Following Piṅgalā (Tib. dmar ser mo) the Tibetan reads srin mo thigs pa ’dzin dang / srin mo gtum mo ma dang / srin mo ri ’dzin ma.
n.­238
Only in S (za ba ma) does aśānī have a clear equivalent in the Tibetan translation. This rākṣasī is omitted in all other Tibetan sources consulted.
n.­239
Following “Skandha,” the Tibetan translation includes a rākṣasī not attested in the Sanskrit: srin mo mun pa.
n.­240
Tib. srin mo mche ba ma dang / srin mo yA ma dang. These names are missing in the Sanskrit as well as in Y, N, and S.
n.­241
The Tibetan reads srin mo stobs bzang ma, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit acalā.
n.­242
The Sanskrit reads caṇḍā, which has been emended based on the Tib. zla ba.
n.­243
The Tibetan reads srin mo zhags pa ma, which does not appear to be equivalent to the Sanskrit maṇḍitikā.
n.­244
The Tibetan reads the term asimuṣaladharā as two separate names, *asidharā (ral gri can) and *muṣaladharā (lag na gtun shing ’dzin).
n.­245
Sanskrit has ten repetitions of hili.
n.­246
H, K, and Y have taḍa tavaḍo instead of haḍa havaṭo as in the Degé.
n.­247
Haḍa havaṭo vakṣe vakṣe vakṣe is absent from the Sanskrit.
n.­248
Sanskrit adds hala hala here.
n.­249
The Sanskrit reads curu curu.
n.­250
The Sanskrit reads brāhmaṇa.
n.­251
This line is not found in F, Y, N, and S.
n.­252
This line is not found in C, F, J, K, and Y.
n.­253
This line is not found in C, F, J, K, and Y.
n.­254
This follows the Sanskrit, F, and S. Degé reads ar+tha sha ba ri, K and Y read ar tha sha ba ri, and C and J read a tha sha ba ri.
n.­255
This line is absent in the Sanskrit.
n.­256
The Tibetan Degé version here calls Suvarṇāvabhāsa a peacock “queen” (rma bya’i rgyal mo). We have followed the Sanskrit reading of “peacock king” (mahāmayūrarājāya) in keeping with the gender of this figure earlier in the text.
n.­257
Tib. klu’i rgyal po dug med bcas. This nāga king is not attested in the Sanskrit version.
n.­258
This spelling follows the Sanskrit. Degé reads paN+Da ka, and S reads pAN+Da ra.
n.­259
Tib. snying por ’gro ba. This nāga king is not attested in the Sanskrit version.
n.­260
S includes another nāga king who could not be identified: klu’i rgyal po ri brtsegs.
n.­261
Tib. klu’i rgyal po srin bu, the Sanskrit of which is attested in the Mahāvyutpatti. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit version of this text.
n.­262
Tib. e la’i ’dab. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­263
Tib. dkar po. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit, and there are many possible Sanskrit equivalents for dkar po.
n.­264
Tib. po la ba. The name of this nāga king is derived from the transliterated Sanskrit given in the Tibetan text. The Sanskrit reads kambala here.
n.­265
Gaṅgā, Sindhu, Vakṣu, and Sītā are the names of rivers. They are commonly identifed as the Ganges, Indus, Oxus, and Tarim rivers, respectively. See also 1.234 below, where these same four rivers are identified as “river queens.”
n.­266
This is the second instance of this name in the Tibetan translation.
n.­267
This follows the Sanskrit spelling. The Tibetan reads gtsug phud lha, which should perhaps be emended to gtsug phud lnga.
n.­268
Tib. stobs can. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­269
Tib. tsam pa ka. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­270
Tib. yid bzang. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit. S includes a line that reads klu’i rgyal po mi bzang, which could be understood as “the nāga king Sumānuṣa.”
n.­271
The Tibetan reads me, which has been emended to mi following the Sanskrit and S.
n.­272
Tib. gzings. This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­273
This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­274
Degé reads a lu ka but has been emended based on the Sanskrit and S (u lu ka).
n.­275
The Sanskrit reads luka.
n.­276
Tib. e la’i lo ma. The Sanskrit reads elavarṇa.
n.­277
The names of the previous two nāga kings follow the Sanskrit, as the Tibetan names are difficult to interpret. They are ’gro sgra and ’chi sgra, respectively.
n.­278
This line is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­279
Reading mgyogs rab instead of mgyogs rab dga’, which appears to be a scribal error in D.
n.­280
The names Parikāla and Parikīṭa follow the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads mchog can and mchog ldan grog ma, respectively.
n.­281
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads seng ge ’dzin.
n.­282
As above, this translation follows the Sanskrit in reading kṛtyākarmaṇa as a single term, rather than as two terms as they appear in the Tibetan, gshed byed dang sgyur ba’i las.
n.­283
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: araḍe karaḍe maraḍe madavardhane avaśabare ture ture care care śabare parṇaśabare hucu hucu kuci kuci muci muci huci huci huci huci huci huci huci muci muci muci muci svāhā.
n.­284
Sanskrit has the following mantra: iḍi miḍi khire vikhire hili hili hili mili mili tumūle ambare ambarāvati dumbe dumbe hili hili hili kurvi kurvi kurvi muci muci muci svāhā.
n.­285
Sanskrit has the following mantra: morike morike morike kevaṇṭu maṇḍitike hare hare hare hare hare hare ghare ghare khare khare phare phare phare phali nidanti nidantire śakaṭi makaṭi naṇḍa naḍini śiri śiri śiri śiri śiri śiri svāhā.
n.­286
Sanskrit has the following mantra: hiḍi miḍi kuḍi miḍi tuḍi kuḍi aḍi muḍi tuḍi tuḍi āḍe dante dantile śakari makāri thagari cagari kañcane kañcanāvati śabare bare bare bare bare bare bare dante siddhi svāhā.
n.­287
Sanskrit has the following mantra: tantule tatale tatale calate tale tale tale tale vire vijaye vijjadhare araje araje virajāmati mati mālini maṇḍe śirimaṇḍe jvala jvala jvala jvala jvala jvala bhadravati siddhi svāhā.
n.­288
This is followed by paṇḍare in the Sanskrit.
n.­289
Siddhi follows the Sanskrit, C, H, K, Y, and N. D reads siddhe.
n.­290
Sanskrit has svāhā siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svāhā instead of siddhi svāhā, as in the Degé.
n.­291
Sanskrit has the following mantra: hili mili kili mili ilile katale ketumūle aḍamali ḍaphe ḍaphe busareke busaṭṭa narakande katili bocalike kambu dāriṇikāya śabaraṅge tatuṭṭa bharaśebho vardhani prakṛti daṃṣṭra mili tale īti hāse amale makule baṭṭa baṭṭa.
n.­292
Sanskrit has the following mantra: iṭiṭāya godohikāya bhṛṅgārikāya aruci maruci naṭṭa naṭṭa vajre vajranaṭṭe udayanapriye ale tāle kuntāle kule tāle nārāyaṇi pārāyaṇi paśyani sparśani.
n.­293
This line presents a challenge in having what appears to be two different first-person referents. Śākyamuni, as the Thus-Gone One, is referred to using the first-person instrumental pronoun bdag gis (Skt. mayā), followed by the first-person dative referent bdag la, to refer to the person reciting this passage. There is no Sanskrit equivalent for bdag la, as it reads “all sentient beings” (sarvasattvānām) instead. It seems unlikely, but not impossible, that Śākyamuni is the referent in both cases.
n.­294
Sanskrit adds haraṇi.
n.­295
Sanskrit, Y, K, L, and C have bodhi bodhi instead of bedhi bedhi.
n.­296
Sanskrit has instead bodhiparipācaṇīye.
n.­297
Sanskrit has the following mantra: hili hili hili hili mili mili mili mili mālini caṅkali kiri kiri kiri kiri kiri kiri kiraye brahmāye ratnakaraṇḍake viḍāphu viḍāphuse dhara dhara hara hara hule hule phuru phuru phuru phuru phuru svāhā.
n.­298
This follows the Sanskrit in reading brahmādaṇda. The Tibet has the ambiguous phrase tshangs pa’i me dbal. Elsewhere in this text me dbal is used to translate vaisarpa (“boils”).
n.­299
Tib. dogs pa’i dug, which translates the Sanskrit śaṅkāviṣa. The Carakasaṃhitā, a foundational treatise of Āyurvedic medicine, describes śaṅkāviṣa as the occurrence of psychosomatic symptoms of poisoning in someone who believes they have been poisoned but have not (6.23.221–23; p. 481). The Sanskrit version of The Great Peahen reads śakraviṣād, “poison from power” or “poison from Śakra” (i.e., Indra). This likely a scribal corruption of śaṅkāviṣa.
n.­300
Sanskrit has the following mantra: jalā jantule cāpeṭi jantule mathani ghaṭani grasani hari hari śiri dyoti śire tataru tataru ṇabati siṃhā hā hā hā hā hā siṃhe dhiti dhiti kuru kuru śabare vajre jyoti tuṭa tuṭasi baṭa baṭasi sili sili kapile kapilamūle hā hī hūm.
n.­301
Tib. sum bcu pa’i lha. The Sanskrit reads tridaśehi devehi, which could be more literally interpreted as “thirty gods.”
n.­302
Sanskrit has the following mantra: ḍaṭaṅgini surapativarti vajra vajra vajra vajra vajra vajra vajrapataye svāhā.
n.­303
Sanskrit has the following mantra: jvala jvalana tapa tapana dhama dhamana śara śaraṇa nakuṭi nakuṭi muṭi muṭi sara sara mara mara hara hara bhara bhara titi tiri ṭa ṭa ṭa ṭa ṭa dā dā dā dā dā vā vā vā vā vā hale hale hale hale hale siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi siddhi svasti svasti svasti svasti svasti mama sarva­sattvānāṃ ca svāhā.
n.­304
Skt. kālapāśā. This term generally refers to the noose wielded by Yama, but because it is given here in the feminine it is possible it refers to the noose in the form of a deity.
n.­305
The Tibetan renders these names in the masculine as “kings.” Given their feminine gender of nadīrajñī (“river queens”) in Sanskrit, and given the Indian custom of associating rivers with feminine divinities, we have followed the Sanskrit. As in previous sections, we have drawn from the attested Sanskrit river names when the meaning of the Tibetan term was ambiguous.
n.­306
The Tibetan reads zhi ba ’dzin, which does not appear to be equivalent to the extant Sanskrit śatabāhu.
n.­307
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads chu mchog can.
n.­308
The Degé reads ’phags pa can, but this seems to be in error. S reads pags pa can, which aligns with the Sanskrit carma, meaning “skin.”
n.­309
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads me tog pad+ma.
n.­310
Tib. klung chen. This river is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­311
Tib. ba lang sbyin mchog can. This river is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­312
The Tibetan reads gsang srung, which would suggest the Tibetan translators read Rahasyā. However, Rathasyā, as a variant spelling of Rathasthā, is an attested name of a river in Indic literature. S reads shing rta’i bdag, which aligns closely with the Sanskrit.
n.­313
Here the Tibetan includes another river queen with the name ba lang can, which is very similar to Gomatī (ba lang ldan), above.
n.­314
As in previous sections, we have drawn from the attested Sanskrit names where the meaning of the Tibetan term is ambiguous.
n.­315
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads khyab gnas.
n.­316
This follows the Sanskrit. Degé reads tshangs pa’i mchu; H, N, and S read tshangs pa’i chu.
n.­317
The Sanskrit reads arjana, which has been emended based on the Tibetan mig bsku.
n.­318
Tib. muny+dza. This mountain is not attested in the Sanskrit.
n.­319
The Sanskrit reads upātiṣṭi, which has been emended based on the Tibetan nye dkar.
n.­320
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads stobs ’dzin.
n.­321
The Tibetan includes a mountain king named dus ’bri byed, whose name is difficult to interpret but could be translated tentatively as “causes time to be written” or “causes time to diminish.” This name does not correspond to any name in the Sanskrit or to any attested name of a mountain.
n.­322
The Sanskrit reads śaśananāda, which has been emended based on the Tibetan bstan pa ’dzin.
n.­323
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads lha mtshams.
n.­324
The term “star” (tārā; skar ma) refers to the seven planets, Rāhu (the eclipse), and Ketu (meteors/comets). The sun and moon are excluded. The Sanskrit edition reads, “The five stars, with Rāhu and Ketu, are in that way seven” (tārāgrahās tathā pañca rāhuketuś ca saptamaḥ).
n.­325
As in previous sections, we have drawn from the attested Sanskrit names where the meaning of the Tibetan term is ambiguous.
n.­326
The Sanskrit reads balamīka, which has been emended based on the Tibetan grog mkhar ba.
n.­327
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ’gro ’dzin.
n.­328
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ’gro dga’.
n.­329
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ’jigs can.
n.­330
The Sanskrit reads yamadagni, which aligns with the Tibetan translation gshin rje’i me. However, the name of this ṛṣi is more typically spelled jamadagni, which has been followed here.
n.­331
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ngag mnyam.
n.­332
This follows the Tibetan. The Sanskrit includes two names here that do not seem to have equivalents in the Tibetan translation: śarabha and mardana.
n.­333
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads cha byad ’dzin.
n.­334
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads gyur mid kyi bu (S: khyur mid kyi bu).
n.­335
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads gar ldan gyi bu.
n.­336
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads sgra’i bu.
n.­337
In the Sanskrit this name is preceded by three names for which there is no equivalent in the Tibetan translation: sunetra, suranemin, and asita.
n.­338
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: hiri hiri hiri khiri khiri miri miri muri muri hiri hiri mili mili ḍaphu ḍaphu ḍaphu mathani ghāṭani pacani pācani dahani dāhani tapani tāpani hanani daha daha dahani tālani pātani mojani sta stani jastani svayambhūve svāhā.
n.­339
The Tibetan term dge ba translates two different Sanskrit terms in this line: śubha (“virtue”) and svāsti (“fortune”).
n.­340
The following list relies heavily on the Sanskrit text, as many of the Tibetan names have no clear equivalent in Sanskrit. There are many sets of prajāpatis in Sanskrit literature, but this list of twelve appears to be unique.
n.­341
The Sanskrit reads atṛ, which has been emended to atri, the standard spelling of the name of this well-known mahāprajāpti.
n.­342
The Sanskrit has the following mantra: hiri hiri khiri khiri mili mili sili sili hili hili mili mili sili sili ḍaphu ḍaphu ḍaḍaphu grasani mathani dahani ghātani pacani pācani hanani dāhani dala dala dālani pāṭani mohani sta stanī jambhanīye svāhā.
n.­343
Apart from a few minor emendations, the following list of poisons is rendered as it appears in transliterated Sanskrit given in the Degé version of the text. There are numerous orthographic variations across the Tibetan versions, as well as differences in spelling and number between the Tibetan and Sanskrit versions.
n.­344
This follows the Sanskrit. The Tibetan reads ser skya, suggesting the Tibetan translators read kapila.
n.­345
This follows the Sanskrit. The referent of the Tibetan term kyab gnas could not be identified.
n.­346
The follows the Tibetan pad+ma dkar po. The Sanskrit has udumbala here.
n.­347
This follows the Sanskrit. The referent of the Tibetan term ser po could not be identified.
n.­348
This follows the Sanskrit. The referent of the Tibetan term rgyas byed could not be identified
n.­349
This reading follows the Sanskrit, F, H, K, Y, N, and S in reading avadhūtaº (smad pa rnams). Degé reads gnod pa rnams (“harms”).
n.­350
This follows the Sanskrit and S in reading śastra (mtshon cha, “weapons”), where the Degé reads gsangs sngags (“mantra”).
n.­351
The Sanskrit reads balaki. N has dhāraki, and K and Y read dharaki.
n.­352
Sanskrit has kuru tulu rather than hulu hulu as in the Degé. K, Y, and N have hulu tulu.

b.

Bibliography

Tibetan and Sanskrit Texts

Mahā­māyūrīvidyā­rājñī (rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo). Toh 559, Degé Kangyur vol. 90 (rgyud ’bum, pha), folios 87.b–117.a.

Mahā­māyūrīvidyāv­rājñī (rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo). bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–9, vol. 90, pp. 254–351.

Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñī (rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo). Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 103 (rgyud na), folios 467.a–515.b.

Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñī. GRETIL edition input by Klaus Wille, based on the edition by Shūyo Takubo: Ārya-Mahā-Māyūrī Vidyā-Rājñī. Tokyo: Sankibo, 1972. Accessed August 18, 2022.

Karmavajra. *Mahā­mayūrī­vidyārājñī­sūtraśatasahasraṭīkā. (rigs sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo’i mdo’i ’bum ’grel). Toh 2691, Degé Kangyur vol. 72 (rgyud ’grel, du), folios 93.b–241.a..

sman gyi gzhi (Bhaiṣajyavastu). Toh 1-6, Degé Kangyur vol. 1 (’dul ba, ka), folios 277.b–311.a; vol. 2 (’dul ba, kha), folios 1.a–317.a; vol. 3 (’dul ba, ga), folios 1.a–50.a. English translation in Bhaiṣajyavastu Translation Team 2021.

Trikamji, Acharya Jadavji, ed. Carakasaṃhitā śrīcakra­pāṇi­dattaviracitā āyurveda­dīpikāvyākhyayā saṃvalitā. Varanasi: Chaukhamba Surbharati Prakashan, 2009.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos kyi ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Toh 4364, Degé Tengyur vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.

Phangthangma (dkar chag ’phang thang ma). Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 2003.

Secondary Sources

Bhaiṣajyavastu Translation Team, trans. The Chapter on Medicines (Bhaiṣajyavastu, Toh 1-6). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

DesJardins, J. F. Marc. “Mahāmāyūrī: explorations sur la création d’une écriture prototantrique.” PhD diss., McGill University, 2002.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2023a) The Great Amulet (Mahā­pratisarā­vidyā­rājñī, Toh 561). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2023b). Great Cool Grove (Toh 562). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.

Hidas, Gergely (2012). Mahāpratisarā-Mahāvidyārājñī: The Great Amulet, Great Queen of Spells; Introduction, Critical Editions and Annotated Translation. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture and Aditya Prakashan, 2012.

Hidas, Gergely (2017). “Mahā-Daṇḍadhāraṇī-Śītavatī: A Buddhist Apotropaic Scripture.” In Indic Manuscript Cultures through the Ages: Material, Textual, and Historical Investigations, edited by Vincenzo Vergiani, Daniele Cuneo, and Camillo Alessio Formigatti, 449–86. Berlin: De Gruyter, 2017.

Kawagoe, Eishin. dKar chag ’Phang thang ma. Sendai: Tohoku Society for Indo-Tibetan Studies, 2005.

Lévi, Sylvain. “Le catalogue géographique des Yakṣa dans le Mahāmāyūrī.” Journal Asiatique 11, no. 5 (1915): 19–138.

Lewis, Todd. Popular Buddhist Texts from Nepal: Narratives and Rituals of Newar Buddhism. Albany: SUNY Press, 2000.

Orzech, Charles D. “Metaphor, Translation, and the Construction of Kingship in The Scripture for Humane Kings and the Mahāmāyūrī Vidyārājñī Sūtra.” Cahiers d’Extreme-Asie 13 (2002): 55–83.

Overbey, Ryan Richard. “Vicissitudes of Text and Rite in the Great Peahen Queen of Spells.” In Tantric Traditions in Transmission and Translation, edited by David Gray and Ryan Richard Overbey, 257–83. New York: Oxford University Press, 2016.

Pathak, Suniti K. “A Dharani-mantra in the Vinaya-vastu.” Bulletin of Tibetology 25, no. 2 (1989): 31–39.

Schopen, Gregory. “A Verse from the Bhadra­carīpraṇidhāna in a 10th Century Inscription Found at Nālandā.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 12, no. 1 (1989): 149–57.

Skilling, Peter. “The Rakṣā Literature of the Śrāvakayāna.” Journal of the Pali Text Society XVI (1992): 109–82.

Sørensen, Henrik H. “The Spell of the Great, Golden Peacock Queen: The Origin, Practices, and Lore of an Early Esoteric Buddhist Tradition in China.” Pacific World 8 (Fall 2006): 89–123.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Abhayacitra

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayacitra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­2

Abhijit

Wylie:
  • byi bzhin
Tibetan:
  • བྱི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijit

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­3

Abjaka

Wylie:
  • chu skyes
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • abjaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­4

Acalā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

A rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­241
g.­5

Acchila

Wylie:
  • gsal ba can
Tibetan:
  • གསལ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • acchila

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­6

Aḍakavatī

Wylie:
  • lcang lo can
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • aḍakavatī

 The main palace of the abode of the yakṣas on Mount Sumeru. It is ruled by the Great King Vaiśravaṇa, also known as Kubera.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­157
g.­7

Ādarśamukha

Wylie:
  • me long gdong can
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལོང་གདོང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ādarśamukha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­8

Āgneyī

Wylie:
  • me’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āgneyī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­9

Agni

Wylie:
  • me
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

A yakṣa general classified as dwelling in the sky.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­169
g.­10

Agni

Wylie:
  • me lha
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

The Vedic deity associated with fire.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­11

Agni

Wylie:
  • me
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

Classified as a “lord of beings” (prajāpati).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­12

Agnirakṣitikā

Wylie:
  • me srung ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་སྲུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • agnirakṣitikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­13

Agrodaka

Wylie:
  • chu mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • agrodaka

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­113
  • 1.­139
g.­14

Agrodikā

Wylie:
  • rab ’char ldan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཆར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • agrodikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­15

Ahicchatra

Wylie:
  • sbrul gyi gdugs
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ་གྱི་གདུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ahicchatra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­16

Ahicchatrā

Wylie:
  • sbrul gdug can
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ་གདུག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ahicchatrā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­17

Aindrī

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • aindrī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­18

Airāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sa srung bu
  • sa srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྲུང་བུ།
  • ས་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • airāvaṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­201
g.­19

Airāvatī

Wylie:
  • sa ldan
Tibetan:
  • ས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • airāvatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­20

Ajiravatī

Wylie:
  • khyim ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • ajiravatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­21

Ajitañjaya

Wylie:
  • ma rgyal rgyal
Tibetan:
  • མ་རྒྱལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajitañjaya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • 1.­139
g.­22

Alabāla

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • alabāla

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­23

Alaka

Wylie:
  • lcang lo pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • alaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­24

Alakāpura

Wylie:
  • lcang lo’i grong
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོའི་གྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • alakāpura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­25

Alakaśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • lcang lo can gyi mgo
Tibetan:
  • ལྕང་ལོ་ཅན་གྱི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • alakaśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­26

Alika

Wylie:
  • bung ba
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • alika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­27

Amalā

Wylie:
  • dri ma med
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amalā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­28

Amaṇuṣa

Wylie:
  • mi min
  • mi ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མིན།
  • མི་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amaṇuṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­22
g.­29

Amarā

Wylie:
  • chi med
Tibetan:
  • ཆི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amarā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­30

Amaraparvata

Wylie:
  • ’chi med sa zhag
Tibetan:
  • འཆི་མེད་ས་ཞག
Sanskrit:
  • amaraparvata

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­113
  • n.­163
g.­31

Ambaṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ma la gnas
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • ambaṣṭha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­138
g.­32

Ambulima

Wylie:
  • chu dang ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • ambulima

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­33

Āmratīrthaka

Wylie:
  • a mra mu stegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་མྲ་མུ་སྟེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āmratīrthaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­34

Amṛtā

Wylie:
  • ’chi med ma
Tibetan:
  • འཆི་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛtā

A being mentioned in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­35

Anābhoga

Wylie:
  • lhun gyis grub
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་གྱིས་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • anābhoga

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­36

Analā

Wylie:
  • me
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • analā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­37

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­56-57
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­89
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­162-170
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­179
  • 1.­181
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­189
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­193
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­222-223
  • 1.­225
  • 1.­229
  • 1.­231
  • 1.­234
  • 1.­236
  • 1.­238
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­248-249
  • 1.­251-252
  • 1.­255-260
  • 1.­264-267
  • 1.­273-281
g.­38

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­39

Ananta

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­201
g.­40

Anārthikā

Wylie:
  • mgon med ma
Tibetan:
  • མགོན་མེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • anārthikā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­41

Anavatapta

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
  • ma dros
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
  • མ་དྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • anavatapta

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­201
g.­42

Anāyasa

Wylie:
  • tshegs med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāyasa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­43

Aṇḍabha

Wylie:
  • sgo nga’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་ངའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṇḍabha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­44

Aṅgiras

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • aṅgiras

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­45

Añjalipriya

Wylie:
  • thal mo dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་མོ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • añjalipriya

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­46

Añjana

Wylie:
  • mig bsku
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བསྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • añjana

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­47

Anurādhā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • anurādhā

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­48

Apalāla

Wylie:
  • sog ma med
Tibetan:
  • སོག་མ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apalāla

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­201
g.­49

Aparājita

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyis mi thub
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­105
  • 1.­196
g.­50

Aparājita

Wylie:
  • gzhan las rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་ལས་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­16
g.­51

apasmāra

Wylie:
  • brjed byed
Tibetan:
  • བརྗེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apasmāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings believed to cause epilepsy, fits, and loss of memory. As their name suggests‍—the Skt. apasmāra literally means “without memory” and the Tib. brjed byed means “causing forgetfulness”‍—they are defined by the condition they cause in affected humans, and the term can refer to any nonhuman being that causes such conditions, whether a bhūta, a piśāca, or other.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­52

Aranemi

Wylie:
  • rtsibs kyi mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • རྩིབས་ཀྱི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • aranemi

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­53

Ārdrā

Wylie:
  • lag
Tibetan:
  • ལག
Sanskrit:
  • ārdrā

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­54

Ārdrabalaka

Wylie:
  • rlan stobs can
Tibetan:
  • རླན་སྟོབས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ārdrabalaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­55

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to Buddhist tradition, one who is worthy of worship (pūjām arhati), or one who has conquered the enemies, the mental afflictions (kleśa-ari-hata-vat), and reached liberation from the cycle of rebirth and suffering. It is the fourth and highest of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. Also used as an epithet of the Buddha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­272
g.­56

Arjuna

Wylie:
  • srid sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arjuna

A yakṣa general

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­57

Arjunavana

Wylie:
  • srid sgrub nags
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་སྒྲུབ་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • arjunavana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­58

Aruṇa

Wylie:
  • skya reng
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱ་རེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • aruṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­59

Asaṅga

Wylie:
  • ma chags pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­126
g.­60

Aśanī

Wylie:
  • za ba mo
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśanī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­61

Aśanī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • aśanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­62

Asidharā

Wylie:
  • ral gri ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • asidharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­63

Asimuṣaladharā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • asimuṣaladharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­244
g.­64

Aśleṣā

Wylie:
  • skag
Tibetan:
  • སྐག
Sanskrit:
  • aśleṣā

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­65

Aśoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aśoka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­257
g.­66

Aṣṭamaka

Wylie:
  • brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamaka

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­67

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­158
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­179
  • 1.­181
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­243
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
  • g.­283
g.­68

Asuraprāgbhāra

Wylie:
  • lha min ’bab
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མིན་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • asuraprāgbhāra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­69

Aśvalāyana

Wylie:
  • rta bu
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśvalāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­70

Aśvaśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • rta mgo
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • aśvaśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­71

Aśvastha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • aśvastha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­72

Aśvatara

Wylie:
  • mgyogs rab
Tibetan:
  • མགྱོགས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśvatara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­73

Aśvinī

Wylie:
  • tha skar
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • aśvinī

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­74

Aśvottara

Wylie:
  • mgyogs mchog
Tibetan:
  • མགྱོགས་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • aśvottara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­75

Āṭavaka

Wylie:
  • ’brog gnas po
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག་གནས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • āṭavaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­112
  • 1.­170
g.­76

Aṭavī

Wylie:
  • ’brog
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • aṭavī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­77

Āṭavī

Wylie:
  • ’brog
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • āṭavī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­78

Atharvaśabarī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • atharvaśabarī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­79

Ātreya

Wylie:
  • rgyun shes kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātreya

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­80

Ātreya

Wylie:
  • za tshul gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་ཚུལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātreya

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­81

Atri

Wylie:
  • bu can
Tibetan:
  • བུ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • atri

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­251
  • n.­341
g.­82

Avanti

Wylie:
  • srung byed
Tibetan:
  • སྲུང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avanti

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­83

Avantī

Wylie:
  • srung ba can
Tibetan:
  • སྲུང་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • avantī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­84

Āyatī

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar byed
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatī

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­134
g.­85

Bahudhanyaka

Wylie:
  • ’bru mangs
Tibetan:
  • འབྲུ་མངས།
Sanskrit:
  • bahudhanyaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­86

Bakkula

Wylie:
  • bak+ku la
Tibetan:
  • བཀྐུ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bakkula

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­87

Balā

Wylie:
  • stobs chen ma
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཆེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • balā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­88

Bala

Wylie:
  • stobs can
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­89

Balabhadra

Wylie:
  • stobs bzang
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • balabhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­90

Baladeva

Wylie:
  • stobs lha
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • baladeva

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­91

Balakaśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • stobs chen mgo
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཆེན་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • balakaśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­92

Balhi

Wylie:
  • ngan pa
Tibetan:
  • ངན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • balhi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­93

Bālhīka

Wylie:
  • pa lha pa
Tibetan:
  • པ་ལྷ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bālhīka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­94

Bali

Wylie:
  • stobs chen
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • bali

A yakṣa general

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­95

Balika

Wylie:
  • stobs can
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • balika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­96

Bālikhilya

Wylie:
  • byis pa rtse
Tibetan:
  • བྱིས་པ་རྩེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bālikhilya

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­97

bases of training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣāpāda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These basic precepts are five in number for the laity: (1) not killing, (2) not stealing, (3) chastity, (4) not lying, and (5) avoiding intoxicants. For monks, there are three or five more; avoidance of such things as perfumes, makeup, ointments, garlands, high beds, and afternoon meals. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­202
g.­98

Baṭṭa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • baṭṭa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­99

Bhadra

Wylie:
  • bzang pa po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­100

Bhadra

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­101

Bhadrakānta

Wylie:
  • bzang sdug
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakānta

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­102

Bhadrakarṇa

Wylie:
  • rna ba bzang
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrakarṇa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­103

Bhadrapada

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrapada

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­104

Bhadrapura

Wylie:
  • grong khyer bzung
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་བཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrapura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­105

Bhadraśaila

Wylie:
  • brag bzang
Tibetan:
  • བྲག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadraśaila

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­106

Bhadrika

Wylie:
  • bzang po pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrika

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­107

Bhadrikā

Wylie:
  • bzang po can
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrikā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­108

Bhāgiratha

Wylie:
  • skal ldan shing rta
Tibetan:
  • སྐལ་ལྡན་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgiratha

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­109

Bhāṇḍāyana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhāṇḍāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­110

Bharadvāja

Wylie:
  • b+ha ra d+h+wa dza
Tibetan:
  • བྷ་ར་དྷྭ་ཛ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharadvāja

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­111

Bharaṇī

Wylie:
  • bra nye
Tibetan:
  • བྲ་ཉེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharaṇī

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­112

Bharuka

Wylie:
  • gso ba po
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharuka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­113

Bharukaccha

Wylie:
  • gso ba’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharukaccha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­114

Bharukaccha

Wylie:
  • tshang tshing gcig
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་ཚིང་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • bharukaccha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­115

Bhīma

Wylie:
  • skrag byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīma

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­116

Bhīṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣaṇa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­117

Bhīṣma

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣma

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­118

Bhīṣmamātaṅga

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed glang po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་གླང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣmamātaṅga

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­119

Bhogavān

Wylie:
  • longs spyod ldan
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • bhogavān

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­120

Bhṛgu

Wylie:
  • ngan spong
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སྤོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛgu

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­121

Bhṛgu

Wylie:
  • gso ba
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛgu

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­122

Bhṛṅgin

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛṅgin

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­123

Bhṛṅgirasa

Wylie:
  • ngan spong dga’
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སྤོང་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛṅgirasa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­124

Bhūma

Wylie:
  • sa pa
Tibetan:
  • ས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūma

A yakṣa general who dwells on the earth.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­168
g.­125

bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term in its broadest sense can refer to any being, whether human, animal, or nonhuman. However, it is often used to refer to a specific class of nonhuman beings, especially when bhūtas are mentioned alongside rākṣasas, piśācas, or pretas. In common with these other kinds of nonhumans, bhūtas are usually depicted with unattractive and misshapen bodies. Like several other classes of nonhuman beings, bhūtas take spontaneous birth. As their leader is traditionally regarded to be Rudra-Śiva (also known by the name Bhūta), with whom they haunt dangerous and wild places, bhūtas are especially prominent in Śaivism, where large sections of certain tantras concentrate on them.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­25-26
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­262
  • n.­220
g.­126

Bhūtagrasanī

Wylie:
  • ’byung po zab mo
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ་ཟབ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtagrasanī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­127

Bhūtamukha

Wylie:
  • ’byung po’i gdong
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོའི་གདོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūtamukha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­138
g.­128

Bindu

Wylie:
  • thigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bindu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­129

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­220
  • 1.­270-271
  • 1.­274-281
g.­130

Boat

Wylie:
  • gzings
Tibetan:
  • གཟིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­131

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­225
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • n.­231
g.­132

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­133

Brahmadaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadaṇḍa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­134

Brahmālaya

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmālaya

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­135

brāhmaṇa

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A person who follows the Vedic tradition and its correlate religious systems that feature the ritual worship of brahmanical deities within the context of a householder lifestyle. The term often appears in the compound śramaṇa­brāhmaṇa to refer generically to the two major religious orientations of ancient India. Here, the term brāhmaṇa is used to contrast with those who belong to the śramaṇa religious tradition, which emphasizes an ascetic, mendicant way of life that often includes celibacy and monasticism. There are a number of such traditions, including Buddhism and Jainism.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • n.­250
  • g.­827
g.­136

Brahmavatī

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmavatī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­137

Brāhmī

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­138

Brāhmī

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­139

Bṛhadratha

Wylie:
  • shing rta che
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhadratha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­115
g.­140

Bṛhaspati

Wylie:
  • phur bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕུར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhaspati

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­109
  • g.­162
g.­141

Bṛhaspati

Wylie:
  • phur bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕུར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhaspati

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­142

Buddhika

Wylie:
  • blo can
Tibetan:
  • བློ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­143

Budha

Wylie:
  • gza’ lhag
Tibetan:
  • གཟའ་ལྷག
Sanskrit:
  • budha

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­144

Cakradharā

Wylie:
  • khor lo ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ལོ་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakradharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­145

Cakravāḍa

Wylie:
  • khor yug
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāḍa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­146

Cakravāḍā

Wylie:
  • khor yug ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāḍā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­147

Campā

Wylie:
  • tsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • campā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­110
  • 1.­136
g.­148

Campaka

Wylie:
  • tsam pa ka
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • campaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­149

Cāmpayaka

Wylie:
  • tsam par skyes
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པར་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • cāmpayaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­150

Caṇḍaka

Wylie:
  • gtum po
Tibetan:
  • གཏུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • caṇḍaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­143
g.­151

Caṇḍālī

Wylie:
  • gtum mo
Tibetan:
  • གཏུམ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • caṇḍālī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • 1.­196
g.­152

Candana

Wylie:
  • tsan+dan
Tibetan:
  • ཙནྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • candana

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­153

Candanamāla

Wylie:
  • tsan+dan phreng
Tibetan:
  • ཙནྡན་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • candanamāla

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­154

Candrā

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­155

Candrabhāgā

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i cha
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrabhāgā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­156

Candraprabha

Wylie:
  • zla ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • candraprabha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­157

Candraprabha

Wylie:
  • zla ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • candraprabha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­158

Candraśaila

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i brag
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་བྲག
Sanskrit:
  • candraśaila

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­159

Cāpeṭī

Wylie:
  • thal mo rdeg ma
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་མོ་རྡེག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāpeṭī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­160

Caritaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • caritaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­131
  • n.­186
g.­161

Carmadā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • carmadā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­162

celestial bodies

Wylie:
  • gza’
Tibetan:
  • གཟའ།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

The sun, moon, Mercury (Budha), Venus (Śukra), Mars (Aṅgāra), Jupiter (Bṛhaspati), Saturn (Śaniścara), the eclipse (Rāhu), and meteors/comets (Ketu). In some presentations Rāhu refers to the eclipse of the northern lunar node, Ketu to the eclipse of the southern lunar node.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196
  • 1.­243
g.­163

Chatrākāra

Wylie:
  • gdugs ’dra
Tibetan:
  • གདུགས་འདྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • chatrākāra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­164

chāyā

Wylie:
  • grib gnon
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་གནོན།
Sanskrit:
  • chāyā

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­165

Chitvāsuta

Wylie:
  • gcod dang ldan pa’i bu
Tibetan:
  • གཅོད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • chitvāsuta

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­17
g.­166

cicca

Wylie:
  • sems sgyur
  • sems sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་སྒྱུར།
  • སེམས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cicca
  • ciccaka

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­167

Cīnabhūmi

Wylie:
  • rgya yul gyi ni sa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཡུལ་གྱི་ནི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • cīnabhūmi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­144
g.­168

Citīmukha

Wylie:
  • gnas sgo
Tibetan:
  • གནས་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • citīmukha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­107
g.­169

Citra

Wylie:
  • ris bkra
Tibetan:
  • རིས་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • citra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­170

Citrā

Wylie:
  • khra mo
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­171

Citrā

Wylie:
  • nag pa
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrā

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­172

Citragupta

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs sbed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་སྦེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citragupta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­107
g.­173

Citrākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig bkra
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrākṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­174

Citrakūṭa

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • citrakūṭa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­175

Citrapiśācikā

Wylie:
  • sha za phra mo
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་ཕྲ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrapiśācikā

A piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­176

Citrasena

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs sde
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrasena

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­177

Citrasena

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs sde
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrasena

A gandharva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­178

Citrasena

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs sde
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • citrasena

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­179

Dadhimukha

Wylie:
  • kha na zho
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་ན་ཞོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dadhimukha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­180

Dakṣa

Wylie:
  • mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dakṣa

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­181

Damṣṭrā

Wylie:
  • mche ba ma
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • damṣṭrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­182

Daṃṣṭrapāda

Wylie:
  • mche ba rkang
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བ་རྐང་།
Sanskrit:
  • daṃṣṭrapāda

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­145
g.­183

Daṇḍadharā

Wylie:
  • be con ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • བེ་ཅོན་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍadharā

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­184

Daṇḍapāda

Wylie:
  • dbyug pa rkang
Tibetan:
  • དབྱུག་པ་རྐང་།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍapāda

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­15
g.­185

Daṇṭā

Wylie:
  • so
Tibetan:
  • སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇṭā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­186

Danturā

Wylie:
  • so sto ma
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སྟོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • danturā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­187

Darada

Wylie:
  • ’joms byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇོམས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • darada

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­188

Darada

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byin
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • darada

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­189

Darada

Wylie:
  • ’jigs pa sbyin
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • darada

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­190

Dāruka

Wylie:
  • shing pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāruka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­191

Dārukapura

Wylie:
  • shing gi grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • dārukapura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­192

Daśaśaila

Wylie:
  • skyugs pa yi ni ri
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱུགས་པ་ཡི་ནི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • daśaśaila

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­193

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­171
  • 1.­260
g.­194

Devamitrā

Wylie:
  • lha bshos ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་བཤོས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • devamitrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­195

Devasarma

Wylie:
  • lha rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • devasarma

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­196

Devāvatāra

Wylie:
  • lha las babs
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ལས་བབས།
Sanskrit:
  • devāvatāra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­157
g.­197

Dhanapara

Wylie:
  • nor gzhan po
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གཞན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanapara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­198

Dhaneśvara

Wylie:
  • nor gyi bdag
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • dhaneśvara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­199

Dhaneśvara

Wylie:
  • nor gyi dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • dhaneśvara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­200

Dhaṇiṣṭhā

Wylie:
  • mon gre
Tibetan:
  • མོན་གྲེ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhaṇiṣṭhā

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­201

Dhanurdharā

Wylie:
  • gzhu ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གཞུ་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanurdharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­202

Dharaṇa

Wylie:
  • ’dzin pa po
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­111
  • 1.­166
g.­203

Dharananda

Wylie:
  • dzin dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཛིན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharananda

A yakṣa general in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­166
g.­204

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term dhāraṇī has the sense of something that “holds” or “retains,” and so it can refer to the special capacity of practitioners to memorize and recall detailed teachings. It can also refer to a verbal expression of the teachings‍—an incantation, spell, or mnemonic formula‍—that distills and “holds” essential points of the Dharma and is used by practitioners to attain mundane and supramundane goals. The same term is also used to denote texts that contain such formulas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1-2
  • i.­5
  • 1.­282
  • n.­14
g.­205

Dharaṇī

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­206

Dharaṇidhara

Wylie:
  • sa ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇidhara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­207

Dharmapāla

Wylie:
  • chos skyong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmapāla

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­208

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor srung
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One of the Four Great Kings, he rules over the gandharvas in the east.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­85
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­259
g.­209

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor srung
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­201
g.­210

Dīrgha

Wylie:
  • ring po
Tibetan:
  • རིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīrgha

A yakṣa general in the eastern direction and a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­163
  • 1.­170
g.­211

Dīrghaśakti

Wylie:
  • lcags mdung ring po
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་མདུང་རིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīrghaśakti

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­212

Diśāmpati

Wylie:
  • phyogs dag
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་དག
Sanskrit:
  • diśāmpati

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­213

Divasacarā

Wylie:
  • nyin mo rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཉིན་མོ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • divasacarā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­214

Dramiḍa

Wylie:
  • ’gro lding
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dramiḍa

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­149
  • 1.­201
g.­215

Drāmiḍī

Wylie:
  • ’gro lding ma
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་ལྡིང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • drāmiḍī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­216

Dravidian

Wylie:
  • ’gro lding ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་ལྡིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • drāmiḍa

Draviḍa was the name for the region in the south of India where the Dravidian languages were spoken, including Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, and Tamil. The Dravidians were the indigenous population of India before the arrival of people who spoke Indo-European languages, specifically early forms of Sanskrit.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 1.­50
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­221
g.­217

Dṛḍhadhanu

Wylie:
  • gzhu brtan po
Tibetan:
  • གཞུ་བརྟན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛḍhadhanu

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­218

Ḍṛḍhanāman

Wylie:
  • mi brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ḍṛḍhanāman

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­219

Dundubhi

Wylie:
  • rnga
Tibetan:
  • རྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • dundubhi

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­220

Durvāsa

Wylie:
  • gos ngan
Tibetan:
  • གོས་ངན།
Sanskrit:
  • durvāsa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­221

Duryodhana

Wylie:
  • thul bar dka’
Tibetan:
  • ཐུལ་བར་དཀའ།
Sanskrit:
  • duryodhana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­222

Duṣṭa

Wylie:
  • zin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­223

dūta

Wylie:
  • pho nya
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūta

A class of nonhuman beings, often employed in the service of the practitioner.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­173
g.­224

Dvaipāyana

Wylie:
  • gnyis ’thung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་འཐུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvaipāyana

A great ṛṣi. Another name for the ṛṣi Vyāsa, one of the original compilers of the Vedas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­225

Dvāraka

Wylie:
  • sgo ba
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāraka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­140
g.­226

Dvārakā

Wylie:
  • sgo can
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dvārakā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­111
g.­227

Dvārapāli

Wylie:
  • sgo drung
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་དྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dvārapāli

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­111
g.­228

Dyutindhara

Wylie:
  • mdog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མདོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dyutindhara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­229

Dyutindhara

Wylie:
  • ’od ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dyutindhara

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­230

Ekajaṭā

Wylie:
  • ral pa gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekajaṭā

A great piśācī and the wife of Rāvaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­191
  • g.­721
g.­231

Ekakakṣa

Wylie:
  • tshang tshing gcig
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་ཚིང་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • ekakakṣa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­232

Ekaśṛṅga

Wylie:
  • rwa gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekaśṛṅga

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­233

Ela

Wylie:
  • e la
  • e la can
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ལ།
  • ཨེ་ལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ela

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • n.­145
g.­234

Elaparṇa

Wylie:
  • e la’i lo ma
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ལའི་ལོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • elaparṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­235

Elapatra

Wylie:
  • e la’i ’dab
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ལའི་འདབ།
Sanskrit:
  • elapatra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A nāga king often present in the retinue of the Buddha Śākyamuni. According to the Vinaya, in the time of the Buddha Kāśyapa he had been a monk (bhikṣu) who angrily cut down a thorny bush at the entrance of his cave because it always snagged his robes. Cutting down bushes or even grass is contrary to the monastic rules and he did not confess his action. Therefore, he was reborn as a nāga with a tree growing out of his head, which caused him great pain whenever the wind blew. This tale is found represented in ancient sculpture and is often quoted to demonstrate how small misdeeds can lead to great consequences. See, e.g., Patrul Rinpoche, The Words of My Perfect Teacher.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 1.­201
g.­236

Entry into the Womb

Wylie:
  • snying por ’gro
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོར་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­237

evil eye

Wylie:
  • gnod bltas
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་བལྟས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣprekṣita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­238

evil vomit

Wylie:
  • skyug nyes
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱུག་ཉེས།
Sanskrit:
  • duśchardita

Vomit specifically caused through malevolent magic or influence.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­239

five superknowledges

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhijñā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The five supernatural abilities attained through realization and yogic accomplishment: divine sight, divine hearing, knowing how to manifest miracles, remembering previous lives, and knowing the minds of others. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­240

Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahārāja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­231
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • g.­208
  • g.­957
  • g.­1038
  • g.­1040
g.­241

Free from Poison

Wylie:
  • dug med bcas
Tibetan:
  • དུག་མེད་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­242

Gajasāhvaya

Wylie:
  • glang chen brjod pa
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gajasāhvaya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­243

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­244

Gandhāra

Wylie:
  • sa ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhāra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­245

Gandhāra

Wylie:
  • sa ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhāra

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­246

Gāndhāra

Wylie:
  • ba lang ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • gāndhāra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­247

Gāndhāraka

Wylie:
  • ba lang ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • gāndhāraka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­140
g.­248

Gandhārī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gandhārī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • 1.­196
  • n.­237
g.­249

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­170-171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­259-260
  • 1.­281
  • g.­177
  • g.­208
g.­250

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

A nāga king identified by the name of the river Gaṅgā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­251

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­252

Garbhāhāriṇī

Wylie:
  • mngal za ma
Tibetan:
  • མངལ་ཟ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • garbhāhāriṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­253

Gardabhaka

Wylie:
  • bong bu pa
Tibetan:
  • བོང་བུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gardabhaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­254

Garjana

Wylie:
  • ’brug sgrogs
Tibetan:
  • འབྲུག་སྒྲོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • garjana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­255

Garjanī

Wylie:
  • ’brug sgrogs
Tibetan:
  • འབྲུག་སྒྲོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • garjanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­256

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­202
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
g.­257

Garuḍa

Wylie:
  • mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­107
g.­258

Garuḍahṛdaya

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding gi snying po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་གི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍahṛdaya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­259

Gaurī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • gaurī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • 1.­196
  • n.­237
g.­260

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­73
g.­261

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­262

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­263

Gavayaśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • bal glang mgo
Tibetan:
  • བལ་གླང་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • gavayaśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­264

Ghāṭanī

Wylie:
  • gnod byed ma
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghāṭanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­265

Girikūṭa

Wylie:
  • ri brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • girikūṭa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­266

Girimuṇḍa

Wylie:
  • ri mgo bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་མགོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • girimuṇḍa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­267

Girinagara

Wylie:
  • ri ldan grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • རི་ལྡན་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • girinagara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­268

Girivraja

Wylie:
  • ri mangs
Tibetan:
  • རི་མངས།
Sanskrit:
  • girivraja

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­269

Gokarṇa

Wylie:
  • ba lang rna
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་རྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • gokarṇa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­270

Gomardana

Wylie:
  • ba lang ’joms
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • gomardana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­271

Gomatī

Wylie:
  • ba lang ldan
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • gomatī

A river queen.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­234
  • n.­313
g.­272

Gopagiri

Wylie:
  • ba lang srung
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gopagiri

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­273

Gopāla

Wylie:
  • ba lang skyong
  • ba lang skyong ba
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྐྱོང་།
  • བ་ལང་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopāla

A yakṣa general and a yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­156
  • 1.­170
g.­274

Gosavā

Wylie:
  • ba lang sbyin mchog can
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྦྱིན་མཆོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • gosavā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­275

Goyoga

Wylie:
  • ba lang sbyor
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • goyoga

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­276

graha

Wylie:
  • gdon
Tibetan:
  • གདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

A type of nonhuman being known to exert a harmful influence on the human body and mind, they are thought to be responsible for epilepsy and seizures.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­260
  • n.­25
  • n.­220
g.­277

Grāmaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • grāmaghoṣa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­156
  • n.­206
g.­278

Grasanī

Wylie:
  • ’cha’ ba mo
Tibetan:
  • འཆའ་བ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • grasanī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­279

Grasanī

Wylie:
  • za ba mo
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་བ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • grasanī

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­280

Great River

Wylie:
  • klung chen
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­281

Haimavata

Wylie:
  • gangs can
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • haimavata

A yakṣa general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­148
  • 1.­167
  • 1.­170
g.­282

Haladharā

Wylie:
  • gshol ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • གཤོལ་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • haladharā

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­283

halāhala poison

Wylie:
  • ha la ha la’i dug
Tibetan:
  • ཧ་ལ་ཧ་ལའི་དུག
Sanskrit:
  • halāhala

A poison said to have been produced when the gods and asuras were churning the great ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­228
g.­284

Hanucitra

Wylie:
  • ’gram pa ldan
Tibetan:
  • འགྲམ་པ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • hanucitra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­285

Hanumattīra

Wylie:
  • ’gram pa ldan ngogs
Tibetan:
  • འགྲམ་པ་ལྡན་ངོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • hanumattīra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­286

Hari

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • hari

A yakṣa general in the western direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­165
g.­287

Haricandrā

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • haricandrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­288

Harikeśa

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i ral pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་རལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • harikeśa

A yakṣa general in the western direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­165
g.­289

Harikeśī

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i ral pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་རལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • harikeśī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­290

Harikeśī

Wylie:
  • skra mdog ljang gu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་མདོག་ལྗང་གུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • harikeśī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­291

Haripiṅgala

Wylie:
  • spre’u ltar dmar ser
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲེའུ་ལྟར་དམར་སེར།
Sanskrit:
  • haripiṅgala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­110
g.­292

Haripiṅgalī

Wylie:
  • spre’u ltar dmar ser ma
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲེའུ་ལྟར་དམར་སེར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • haripiṅgalī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­293

Harīta

Wylie:
  • ljang sngo’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྗང་སྔོའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • harīta

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­294

Haritāyana

Wylie:
  • ljang sngo’i tsha bo
Tibetan:
  • ལྗང་སྔོའི་ཚ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • haritāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­295

Hārītī

Wylie:
  • ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārītī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­296

Hārītī

Wylie:
  • ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārītī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­297

Hārītī

Wylie:
  • ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hārītī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­259
g.­298

Hastā

Wylie:
  • me bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མེ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • hastā

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­299

Hastikaccha

Wylie:
  • glang po’i rtsal
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོའི་རྩལ།
Sanskrit:
  • hastikaccha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­300

Hastiśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • glang po che’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • hastiśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­301

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trayastriṃśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist cosmology, the Heaven of the Thirty-Three is the second lowest of the six heavens in the desire realm (kāmadhātu). Situated on the flat summit of Mount Sumeru, it lies above the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Caturmahārāja­kāyika) and below the Yāma Heaven. It consists of thirty-three regions, each presided by one of thirty-three chief gods, and the overall ruler is Śakra. The presiding gods are divided into four groups named in the Abhidharma­kośa­ṭīkā (Toh 4092): the eight gods of wealth, two Aśvin youths, eleven fierce ones, and twelve suns. The thirty-three regions themselves are enumerated and described in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 4.B.2 et seq.).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­230
  • g.­903
g.­302

Hiḍimbā

Wylie:
  • gro ’khrug ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲོ་འཁྲུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • hiḍimbā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­303

Himavat

Wylie:
  • gangs can
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himavat

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­304

Himavat

Wylie:
  • gangs can
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himavat

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­305

Himavat

Wylie:
  • gangs ri
Tibetan:
  • གངས་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • himavat

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­31
g.­306

Hiraṇyavatī

Wylie:
  • gser ldan
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • hiraṇyavatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­307

Hulu

Wylie:
  • hu lu
Tibetan:
  • ཧུ་ལུ།
Sanskrit:
  • hulu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­308

Hutāśanī

Wylie:
  • sbyin sreg za ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་སྲེག་ཟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hutāśanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­309

Ikṣumatī

Wylie:
  • bu ram shing ldan
Tibetan:
  • བུ་རམ་ཤིང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • ikṣumatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­310

incantation

Wylie:
  • rig sngags
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

A spell-like verbal formula that invokes specific deities in order to bring about mundane and transcendent goals in Buddhist ritual practices. A vidyā is considered at once the incantation and the deity it invokes.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • i.­5
  • i.­8
  • 1.­3-5
  • 1.­8
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­31-32
  • 1.­35-36
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­56-58
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­89
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­159
  • 1.­163-170
  • 1.­175
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­179
  • 1.­181
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­189
  • 1.­191
  • 1.­194
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­203
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­225
  • 1.­227-229
  • 1.­231
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­239-242
  • 1.­246-249
  • 1.­252
  • 1.­256-260
  • 1.­264-267
  • 1.­273-274
  • 1.­276
  • 1.­279-280
  • n.­14
g.­311

indigestible food

Wylie:
  • bza’ nyes
Tibetan:
  • བཟའ་ཉེས།
Sanskrit:
  • durbhukta

Food that is made indigestible through malevolent magic or influence.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­312

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • n.­299
g.­313

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A yakṣa general who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­119
  • 1.­170
g.­314

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­315

Indrapura

Wylie:
  • dbang grong
Tibetan:
  • དབང་གྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • indrapura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­316

Indraśaila

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i brag
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་བྲག
Sanskrit:
  • indraśaila

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­317

intermittent fever

Wylie:
  • rims drag po
Tibetan:
  • རིམས་དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣamajvara

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­174
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­262
g.­318

Īśāna

Wylie:
  • dbang ldan
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • īśana

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­319

Īśāna

Wylie:
  • dbang ldan
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • īśana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­320

Jamadagni

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i me
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • jamadagni

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­248
  • n.­330
g.­321

Jambhaka

Wylie:
  • rmongs byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྨོངས་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambhaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­322

Jambhanī

Wylie:
  • rmugs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྨུགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambhanī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­323

Janārdana

Wylie:
  • skye bo ’tshe
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་འཚེ།
Sanskrit:
  • janārdana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­324

Jaṅgamā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba ma
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaṅgamā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­325

Jāṅgulī

Wylie:
  • dug sel
Tibetan:
  • དུག་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāṅgulī

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­326

Jāṅgulī

Wylie:
  • dug sel ma
Tibetan:
  • དུག་སེལ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāṅgulī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­327

Jaṭāpura

Wylie:
  • ral pa can grong
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན་གྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jaṭāpura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­143
g.­328

Jayantī

Wylie:
  • rgyal byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayantī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­329

Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park

Wylie:
  • rgyal bu rgyal byed kyi tshal mgon med zas sbyin gyi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བུ་རྒྱལ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚལ་མགོན་མེད་ཟས་སྦྱིན་གྱི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ AO

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the first Buddhist monasteries, located in a park outside Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. This park was originally owned by Prince Jeta, hence the name Jetavana, meaning Jeta’s grove. The wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, sought to buy it from him, but the prince, not wishing to sell, said he would only do so if Anāthapiṇḍada covered the entire property with gold coins. Anāthapiṇḍada agreed, and managed to cover all of the park except the entrance, hence the name Anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ, meaning Anāthapiṇḍada’s park. The place is usually referred to in the sūtras as “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park,” and according to the Saṃghabhedavastu the Buddha used Prince Jeta’s name in first place because that was Prince Jeta’s own unspoken wish while Anāthapiṇḍada was offering the park. Inspired by the occasion and the Buddha’s use of his name, Prince Jeta then offered the rest of the property and had an entrance gate built. The Buddha specifically instructed those who recite the sūtras to use Prince Jeta’s name in first place to commemorate the mutual effort of both benefactors.

Anāthapiṇḍada built residences for the monks, to house them during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It was one of the Buddha’s main residences, where he spent around nineteen rainy season retreats, and it was therefore the setting for many of the Buddha’s discourses and events. According to the travel accounts of Chinese monks, it was still in use as a Buddhist monastery in the early fifth century ᴄᴇ, but by the sixth century it had been reduced to ruins.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9-10
g.­330

Jinarṣabha

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i khyu mchog
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་ཁྱུ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • jinarṣabha

A yakṣa general and the son of Vaiśravaṇa. Also listed as a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­147
  • 1.­170
g.­331

Jñānasiddhi

Wylie:
  • dz+nyA na sid d+hi
Tibetan:
  • ཛྙཱ་ན་སིད་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānasiddhi

Indian scholar from the late eighth–early ninth century.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6
  • c.­1
  • n.­14
g.­332

Jvalanī

Wylie:
  • ’bar ma
Tibetan:
  • འབར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvalanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­333

Jyeṣṭhā

Wylie:
  • snron
Tibetan:
  • སྣྲོན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyeṣṭhā

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­334

Kācarā

Wylie:
  • mi bzad ma
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kācarā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­335

Kacchapī

Wylie:
  • rus sbal can
Tibetan:
  • རུས་སྦལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kacchapī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­336

Kailāsa

Wylie:
  • ti se
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāsa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­337

Kailash

Wylie:
  • ti se gangs
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ་གངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāsa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­338

Kākanāda

Wylie:
  • bya rog sgra can
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རོག་སྒྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kākanāda

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­339

Kākaṭi

Wylie:
  • kha la byin
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་ལ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kākaṭi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­340

kākhorda

Wylie:
  • byad
Tibetan:
  • བྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • kākhorda

A term used in hostile magical rites that can alternatively refer a class of nonhuman being or type of magical device employed against the target of the rite.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
g.­341

Kākī

Wylie:
  • bya rog ma
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kākī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­342

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­343

Kāla

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāla

A yakṣa general who dwells on the earth.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­108
  • 1.­168
g.­344

Kalahapriya

Wylie:
  • ’thab dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalahapriya

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­345

Kālaka

Wylie:
  • nag po
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālaka

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­201
g.­346

kālakūṭa poison

Wylie:
  • nag po brtsegs pa’i dug
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་བརྩེགས་པའི་དུག
Sanskrit:
  • kālakūṭa

A type of vegetable poison typically listed among poisonous substances in Āyurvedic literature. The terms is also used as synonym for the halāhala poison.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­228
g.­347

Kālapāśā

Wylie:
  • dus kyi zhags pa can ma
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཞགས་པ་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālapāśā

Literally, “the noose of time,” the term generally refers to the noose wielded by Yama, the lord of death. Because this term is in the feminine, it is likely meant to refer to the personification of that noose as a rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­348

Kālarātrī

Wylie:
  • mtshan mo nag mo
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མོ་ནག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālarātrī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­349

Kalaśī

Wylie:
  • bum pa can
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalaśī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­350

Kalaśodara

Wylie:
  • bum pa’i lto
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པའི་ལྟོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalaśodara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­351

Kalaśodarī

Wylie:
  • bum lto ma
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་ལྟོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalaśodarī

A great piśācī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­175
g.­352

Kālī

Wylie:
  • nag mo
Tibetan:
  • ནག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­353

Kālī

Wylie:
  • nag mo
Tibetan:
  • ནག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālī

A rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­193
g.­354

Kālika

Wylie:
  • dus las byung ba
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­355

Kālikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kālikā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­356

Kaliṅga

Wylie:
  • ka ling ka
  • ka ling+ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ལིང་ཀ
  • ཀ་ལིངྐ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaliṅga

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­115
  • 1.­127
  • 1.­145
  • 1.­148
  • n.­179
g.­357

Kalmāṣapāda

Wylie:
  • rkang bkra po
Tibetan:
  • རྐང་བཀྲ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalmāṣapāda

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­109
g.­358

Kāmada

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa sbyin
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmada

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­151
g.­359

Kamalākṣī

Wylie:
  • me tog ka ma la lta bu’i mig can ma
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀ་མ་ལ་ལྟ་བུའི་མིག་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kamalākṣī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­360

Kāmaśreṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i gtso bo
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་གཙོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmaśreṣṭha

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­361

Kambala

Wylie:
  • la ba
Tibetan:
  • ལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kambala

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • n.­264
g.­362

Kāmbojī

Wylie:
  • kam po dzi
Tibetan:
  • ཀམ་པོ་ཛི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmbojī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­363

Kambugrīvā

Wylie:
  • dung mgrin ma
Tibetan:
  • དུང་མགྲིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kambugrīvā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­364

Kampilya

Wylie:
  • g.yo ba ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གཡོ་བ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kampilya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­365

Kanaka

Wylie:
  • gser
Tibetan:
  • གསེར།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­366

Kanakamuni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakamuni

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­214
  • 1.­258
g.­367

Kāñcī

Wylie:
  • ’ching bu
Tibetan:
  • འཆིང་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāñcī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­138
g.­368

Kāṇḍyāyana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kāṇḍyāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­369

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya po
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­370

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­371

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­372

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A yakṣa general in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­163
g.­373

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­374

Kapila

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapila

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­375

Kapilā

Wylie:
  • ser skya mo
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­181
  • 1.­193
g.­376

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya yi ni gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ་ཡི་ནི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

A geographical location in this sūtra.

The birthplace of the buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­108
  • 1.­140
g.­377

Kāpiśī

Wylie:
  • ka pu sha
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་པུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāpiśī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­146
  • 1.­151
g.­378

Karāḍa

Wylie:
  • ma rungs pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • karāḍa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­379

Karahāṭaka

Wylie:
  • gser gyi lag pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ལག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • karahāṭaka

A location attested in early Indic literature, believed to be in the modern Maharashtra region.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • n.­179
g.­380

Karāladantī

Wylie:
  • so brod ma
Tibetan:
  • སོ་བྲོད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • karāladantī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­381

Karālī

Wylie:
  • mi bzad ma
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • karālī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­382

Karālī

Wylie:
  • lag ’gro ma
Tibetan:
  • ལག་འགྲོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • karālī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­383

Kāraṅgī

Wylie:
  • tshon ngan ma
Tibetan:
  • ཚོན་ངན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāraṅgī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­384

Karkoṭaka

Wylie:
  • stobs kyi rgyu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱི་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • karkoṭaka

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­201
g.­385

Kārttikeya

Wylie:
  • smin drug bu
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་དྲུག་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārttikeya

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­115
  • g.­435
g.­386

Kaśmīra

Wylie:
  • kha che’i yul
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་ཆེའི་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaśmīra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­143
g.­387

Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­216
  • 1.­258
g.­388

Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’drob skyong gi bu
Tibetan:
  • འདྲོབ་སྐྱོང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­389

Kaṭaṅkaṭa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭaṅkaṭa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­138
  • n.­190
g.­390

kaṭapūtana

Wylie:
  • lus srul po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭapūtana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A subgroup of pūtanas, a class of disease-causing spirits associated with cemeteries and dead bodies. The name probably derives from the Skt. pūta, “foul-smelling,” as reflected also in the Tib. srul po. The smell of a pūtana is variously described in the texts as resembling that of a billy goat or a crow, and the smell of a kaṭapūtana, as its name suggests, could resemble a corpse, kaṭa being one of the names for “corpse.” The morbid condition caused by pūtanas comes in various forms, with symptoms such as fever, vomiting, diarrhea, skin eruptions, and festering wounds, the latter possibly explaining the association with bad smells.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­391

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­392

Kauberī

Wylie:
  • lus ngan gyi chung ma
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ངན་གྱི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauberī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­393

Kaumārī

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaumārī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­394

Kauñjarā

Wylie:
  • glang chen ma
Tibetan:
  • གླང་ཆེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauñjarā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­395

Kauśala

Wylie:
  • thong shol ngan
Tibetan:
  • ཐོང་ཤོལ་ངན།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśala

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­396

Kauśalyā

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśalyā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­127
g.­397

Kauśāmbī

Wylie:
  • kau shAm+bI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤཱམྦཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśāmbī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­130
  • 1.­137
g.­398

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • mdzod ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­145
g.­399

Kāvelī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kāvelī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­400

Keśinī

Wylie:
  • skra can
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • keśinī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­401

Ketaka

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • ketaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­402

Ketu

Wylie:
  • mjug rings
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་རིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

Comets or meteors. Alternatively, the term refers to eclipse of the southern lunar node.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­243
  • n.­324
  • g.­162
g.­403

Khaḍga

Wylie:
  • ral gri
Tibetan:
  • རལ་གྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • khaḍga

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­404

Khadira

Wylie:
  • seng ldeng pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་ལྡེང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • khadira

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­405

Khadiraka

Wylie:
  • seng ldeng can
Tibetan:
  • སེང་ལྡེང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • khadiraka

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­406

Khaṇḍaka

Wylie:
  • dum bu pa
Tibetan:
  • དུམ་བུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • khaṇḍaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­407

Kharopoṣta

Wylie:
  • bong srung sel
Tibetan:
  • བོང་སྲུང་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kharopoṣta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­408

Khāśa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ srung
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • khāśa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­409

Kiñcaka

Wylie:
  • cung zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅུང་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kiñcaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­410

Kiñcinī

Wylie:
  • cung zad can
Tibetan:
  • ཅུང་ཟད་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kiñcinī

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­411

Kiṅkara

Wylie:
  • ’gro ’am ci
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་འམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kiṅkara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­412

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
g.­413

Kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­414

kiraṇa

Wylie:
  • g.yengs byed
Tibetan:
  • གཡེངས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kiraṇa

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­415

Kirāta

Wylie:
  • tsi ra ta
Tibetan:
  • ཙི་ར་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • kirāta

The name of an indigenous community attested in Sanskrit literature going back into the Vedic period.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­109
g.­416

Kīrtī

Wylie:
  • grags pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kīrtī

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­417

Koluka

Wylie:
  • gzi can
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • koluka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­20
g.­418

Kośala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośala

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­419

Koṭivarṣa

Wylie:
  • bye ba ’dab
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་འདབ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭivarṣa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­135
g.­420

Kovida

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kovida

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­170
  • n.­219
g.­421

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­212
  • 1.­258
g.­422

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba ’jig
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ་འཇིག
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­423

Kṛmi

Wylie:
  • srin bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛmi

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­424

Kṛmila

Wylie:
  • srin bu can
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛmila

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­425

Kṛmila

Wylie:
  • srin bu ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛmila

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­426

Krodhanā

Wylie:
  • khro mo
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodhanā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­427

Kṛṣṇadvaipāyana

Wylie:
  • gnyis ’thung nag po’i bu
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་འཐུང་ནག་པོའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣṇadvaipāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­428

Kṛṣṇagautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma nag mo
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ་ནག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣṇagautama

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­429

Kṛṣnagotamaka

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma ni nag po
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ་ནི་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛṣnagotamaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­14
g.­430

Kṛttikā

Wylie:
  • smin drug
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • kṛttikā

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­431

kṛtyā

Wylie:
  • gshed byed
Tibetan:
  • གཤེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtyā

A class of nonhuman being, often female, who are ritually summoned to perform injurious acts against the target of the rite.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­204
  • n.­26
g.­432

Kṣāntivādin

Wylie:
  • bzod pa smra
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣāntivādin

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­433

Kubera

Wylie:
  • lus ngan
  • lus ngan po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ངན།
  • ལུས་ངན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

Another name of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­93
  • 1.­102
  • 1.­196
  • g.­6
  • g.­767
g.­434

Kuhā

Wylie:
  • gya gyu
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་གྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuhā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­435

Kumāra

Wylie:
  • gzhon nu
Tibetan:
  • གཞོན་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumāra

A yakṣa general, another name of Kārttikeya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­115
g.­436

kumbhaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhaṇḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of dwarf beings subordinate to Virūḍhaka, one of the Four Great Kings, associated with the southern direction. The name uses a play on the word aṇḍa, which means “egg” but is also a euphemism for a testicle. Thus, they are often depicted as having testicles as big as pots (from kumbha, or “pot”).

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­259-260
  • g.­1038
g.­437

Kumbhāṇḍā

Wylie:
  • bum pa ma
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­438

Kumbhāṇḍī

Wylie:
  • grul bum ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­439

Kumbhāṇḍī

Wylie:
  • grul bum ma
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­440

Kumbhīra

Wylie:
  • chu srin kum b+hi ra
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ཀུམ་བྷི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhīra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­441

Kumbhīra

Wylie:
  • chu srin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhīra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­155
g.­442

Kumbhodara

Wylie:
  • bum lto bo
Tibetan:
  • བུམ་ལྟོ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhodara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­443

Kunikaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • mgrin ngan
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་ངན།
Sanskrit:
  • kunikaṇṭha

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­444

Kuntadaṃṣṭrā

Wylie:
  • me tog kun da’i mche ba can
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་དའི་མཆེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuntadaṃṣṭrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­445

Kuṇṭhā

Wylie:
  • gtum mo
Tibetan:
  • གཏུམ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṇṭhā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­181
g.­446

Kurukṣetra

Wylie:
  • sgra ngan zhing
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ངན་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kurukṣetra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­447

Kurutararka

Wylie:
  • rgyal ngan rgyal gnyi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ངན་རྒྱལ་གཉི།
Sanskrit:
  • kurutararka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­448

Kuśākṣī

Wylie:
  • ku sha lta bu’i mig can
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཤ་ལྟ་བུའི་མིག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśākṣī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­449

Kūṭadaṃṣṭra

Wylie:
  • mche ba gtsigs
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བ་གཙིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭadaṃṣṭra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­450

Lambā

Wylie:
  • ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lambā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • n.­228
g.­451

Lambā

Wylie:
  • ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lambā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­452

Lambā

Wylie:
  • ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • lambā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­185
g.­453

Lambodara

Wylie:
  • lto ’phyang po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lambodara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­127
  • n.­179
g.­454

Lamburaka

Wylie:
  • ’phyang ba’i tshul
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱང་བའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • lamburaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­21
g.­455

Lamburu

Wylie:
  • ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lamburu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­456

Lampāka

Wylie:
  • phyang bar gyur
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱང་བར་གྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • lampāka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­457

Laṅkā

Wylie:
  • lang ka
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • laṅkā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­458

Laṅkeśvara

Wylie:
  • lang ka’i bdag
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀའི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • laṅkeśvara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­459

Lava

Wylie:
  • la ba
Tibetan:
  • ལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lava

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­460

lepaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • lepaka

“One who smears;” a class of nonhuman being.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­171
  • n.­220
g.­461

Lohitākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig dmar
Tibetan:
  • མིག་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • lohitākṣa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­462

Lohitākṣī

Wylie:
  • mig dmar mo
Tibetan:
  • མིག་དམར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lohitākṣī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­463

Lohitāśva

Wylie:
  • rta dmar
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • lohitāśva

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­464

lord of beings

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajāpati

The Vedic deity associated with the creation humanity and the human world.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • g.­11
  • g.­80
  • g.­121
  • g.­180
  • g.­222
  • g.­534
  • g.­680
  • g.­681
  • g.­766
  • g.­867
  • g.­880
  • g.­988
g.­465

lunar mansion

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

The twenty-seven or twenty-eight sectors along the ecliptic that exert influence on the world according to Indic astrological lore.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­238-244
  • g.­2
  • g.­47
  • g.­53
  • g.­64
  • g.­73
  • g.­111
  • g.­171
  • g.­200
  • g.­298
  • g.­333
  • g.­430
  • g.­474
  • g.­564
  • g.­569
  • g.­581
  • g.­682
  • g.­696
  • g.­697
  • g.­698
  • g.­701
  • g.­724
  • g.­726
  • g.­789
  • g.­830
  • g.­886
  • g.­942
  • g.­944
  • g.­945
  • g.­1041
g.­466

Madā

Wylie:
  • rgyags ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­467

Madana

Wylie:
  • rgyags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • madana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­468

Madanā

Wylie:
  • rgyags byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madanā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­469

Madanī

Wylie:
  • rgyags ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­470

Madhumatī

Wylie:
  • sbrang rtsi can
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲང་རྩི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • madhumatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­471

Madhyamakīya

Wylie:
  • dbu ma pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་མ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • madhyamakīya

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­472

Madotkaṭā

Wylie:
  • rgyags byed ma’i shas che ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱགས་བྱེད་མའི་ཤས་ཆེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madotkaṭā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­473

Magadha

Wylie:
  • mnyam dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­474

Maghā

Wylie:
  • mchu
Tibetan:
  • མཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maghā

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­475

Mahābhuja

Wylie:
  • lag pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābhuja

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­476

Mahābhuja

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahābhuja

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­127
g.­477

Mahābrahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs chen
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­478

Mahācakravāḍa

Wylie:
  • khor yug chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahācakravāḍa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­479

Mahācandra

Wylie:
  • zla ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahācandra

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­480

Mahādaṇḍadharā

Wylie:
  • be con ’dzin chen mo
Tibetan:
  • བེ་ཅོན་འཛིན་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādaṇḍadharā

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­481

Mahāgiri

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mahāgiri

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • n.­164
g.­482

Mahākāla

Wylie:
  • nag po che
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāla

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­110
  • n.­180
g.­483

Mahākālī

Wylie:
  • nag mo chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ནག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākālī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­484

Mahāmānāsī

Wylie:
  • yid las byung chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལས་བྱུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmānāsī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­485

Mahāmanasvin

Wylie:
  • gzi can chen po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་ཅན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmanasvin

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­17
g.­486

Mahāmucilinda

Wylie:
  • btang bzung chen po
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་བཟུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmucilinda

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­487

Mahāpratisarā

Wylie:
  • so sor ’brang ba chen mo
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་འབྲང་བ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpratisarā

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­488

Mahāpura

Wylie:
  • grong khyer che
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāpura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­489

Mahāsamantabhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­samantabhadra

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­490

Mahāsamaya

Wylie:
  • dam tshig chen po
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཚིག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsamaya

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­491

Mahāsena

Wylie:
  • sde bo che
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsena

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­135
g.­492

Mahāśītavana

Wylie:
  • bsil ba’i nags tshal chen po
Tibetan:
  • བསིལ་བའི་ནགས་ཚལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāśītavana

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­493

Mahāsudarśana

Wylie:
  • blta mdzes chen po
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་མཛེས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsudarśana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­494

Mahendra

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­495

Maheśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug che
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­109
g.­496

Mahiṣī

Wylie:
  • ma he mo
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཧེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahiṣī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­497

Mahollūkhala

Wylie:
  • gtum chen
Tibetan:
  • གཏུམ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahollūkhala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­498

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
g.­499

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­223
  • 1.­259
g.­500

Makara

Wylie:
  • chu srin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • makara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­501

Makaradhvaja

Wylie:
  • chu srin rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • makaradhvaja

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­502

Makarandama

Wylie:
  • chu srin ’dul
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་འདུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • makarandama

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­503

Mālava

Wylie:
  • phreng ba srung
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mālava

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­504

Malaya

Wylie:
  • ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malaya

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­505

Malaya

Wylie:
  • ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malaya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­506

Māli

Wylie:
  • phreng ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • māli

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­507

Malla

Wylie:
  • gyad yul
Tibetan:
  • གྱད་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • malla

Name for a country and the people who reside there. One of the sixteen great kingdoms of ancient India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­110
g.­508

Mālyacitra

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs phreng
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mālyacitra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­509

Mālyadhara

Wylie:
  • phreng ba ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mālyadhara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­510

Mānasī

Wylie:
  • yid las byung
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལས་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mānasī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­511

Manasvi

Wylie:
  • gzi can
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • manasvi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­512

Manasvin

Wylie:
  • gzi can
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • manasvin

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 1.­201
g.­513

Mānava

Wylie:
  • shed kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānava

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­514

Mandaka

Wylie:
  • dman pa po
Tibetan:
  • དམན་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­515

Maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­145
g.­516

Maṇḍalāsana

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor stan
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍalāsana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­145
g.­517

Maṇḍapa

Wylie:
  • ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍapa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­518

Mandara

Wylie:
  • yid ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­519

Maṇḍavī

Wylie:
  • snying po thob byed
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་ཐོབ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍavī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­520

Maṇḍitikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍitikā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­243
g.­521

Mandūraka

Wylie:
  • ’dzam pa len pa
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་པ་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandūraka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­16
g.­522

Maṅgalya

Wylie:
  • bkra shis
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit:
  • maṅgalya

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­523

Maṇi

Wylie:
  • nor bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi

A nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­201
g.­524

Maṇi

Wylie:
  • nor bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa. This perhaps the same yakṣa identified as Maṇibhadra elsewhere in the text.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­525

Maṇibhadra

Wylie:
  • nor bu bzang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇibhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­120
  • 1.­196
  • g.­524
g.­526

Māṇicara

Wylie:
  • nor bu spyod
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • māṇicara

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­527

Maṇikānana

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇikānana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­528

Maṇikaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • nor bu ’gul
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་འགུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇikaṇṭha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­529

Maṇikūṭa

Wylie:
  • nor bu rdza
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་རྫ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇikūṭa

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­530

Maṇimanta

Wylie:
  • nor bu ldan
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇimanta

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­531

Maṇisuta

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇisuta

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­532

Mañjakeśa

Wylie:
  • muny+dza’i skra
Tibetan:
  • མུཉྫའི་སྐྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjakeśa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­533

Manoramā

Wylie:
  • yid du ’ong
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དུ་འོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • manoramā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­534

Manu

Wylie:
  • go byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • manu

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­535

Mānuṣa

Wylie:
  • mi
Tibetan:
  • མི།
Sanskrit:
  • mānuṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­536

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Māra, literally “death” or “maker of death,” is the name of the deva who tried to prevent the Buddha from achieving awakening, the name given to the class of beings he leads, and also an impersonal term for the destructive forces that keep beings imprisoned in saṃsāra:

(1) As a deva, Māra is said to be the principal deity in the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (paranirmitavaśavartin), the highest paradise in the desire realm. He famously attempted to prevent the Buddha’s awakening under the Bodhi tree‍—see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 21.1‍—and later sought many times to thwart the Buddha’s activity. In the sūtras, he often also creates obstacles to the progress of śrāvakas and bodhisattvas. (2) The devas ruled over by Māra are collectively called mārakāyika or mārakāyikadevatā, the “deities of Māra’s family or class.” In general, these māras too do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra, but can also change their ways and even end up developing faith in the Buddha, as exemplified by Sārthavāha; see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 21.14 and 21.43. (3) The term māra can also be understood as personifying four defects that prevent awakening, called (i) the divine māra (devaputra­māra), which is the distraction of pleasures; (ii) the māra of Death (mṛtyumāra), which is having one’s life interrupted; (iii) the māra of the aggregates (skandhamāra), which is identifying with the five aggregates; and (iv) the māra of the afflictions (kleśamāra), which is being under the sway of the negative emotions of desire, hatred, and ignorance.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­57
g.­537

Marabāla

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • marabāla

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­538

Mardana

Wylie:
  • ’joms pa po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོམས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mardana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­111
  • n.­332
g.­539

Mardana

Wylie:
  • ’dun khang
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mardana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­116
g.­540

Mardanī

Wylie:
  • ’joms ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇོམས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mardanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­541

Mārīcī

Wylie:
  • ’od can
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mārīcī

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­542

Mārīcī

Wylie:
  • ’od zer ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārīcī

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­543

Mārīcī

Wylie:
  • ’od zer can
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mārīcī

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­544

Mārjārī

Wylie:
  • byi la mo
Tibetan:
  • བྱི་ལ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārjārī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­545

Mārkaṇḍeya

Wylie:
  • lha skyabs kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྐྱབས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārkaṇḍeya

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­546

Maru

Wylie:
  • mya ngam
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངམ།
Sanskrit:
  • maru

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­547

Marubhūmi

Wylie:
  • mya ngan sa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • marubhūmi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­548

marut

Wylie:
  • rlung lha
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • marut

A god or spirit related to the wind.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
g.­549

Mātali

Wylie:
  • ma dang
  • ma dang ldan
Tibetan:
  • མ་དང་།
  • མ་དང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • mātali

A yakṣa general and a yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­151
  • 1.­170
g.­550

Mātaṅga

Wylie:
  • glang po che
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātaṅga

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­551

Mātaṅgī

Wylie:
  • ma tang gi
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཏང་གི
Sanskrit:
  • mātaṅgī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­552

Mātaṅgī

Wylie:
  • ban glang chen po
Tibetan:
  • བན་གླང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātaṅgī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­553

Mathurā

Wylie:
  • bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • mathurā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­554

mātṛkā

Wylie:
  • ma mo
Tibetan:
  • མ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātṛkā

A class of female nonhuman being.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­189
  • g.­8
  • g.­17
  • g.­137
  • g.­392
  • g.­393
  • g.­483
  • g.­718
  • g.­956
  • g.­971
  • g.­983
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1066
g.­555

Meghamāli

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi phreng can
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཕྲེང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • meghamāli

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­556

Mekhala

Wylie:
  • gser gyi ’og pag can
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་འོག་པག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mekhala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­557

Mela

Wylie:
  • ’dus pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mela

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­558

Mithilā

Wylie:
  • phrugs su ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲུགས་སུ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • mithilā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­559

Mitrakālikā

Wylie:
  • mdza’ mo nag mo
Tibetan:
  • མཛའ་མོ་ནག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mitrakālikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­560

Mohā

Wylie:
  • glen ma
Tibetan:
  • གླེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mohā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­561

Mokṣaka

Wylie:
  • thar pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mokṣaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­562

Morikā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • mayūrikā

A great rākṣasī. Morikā is the Middle Indic equivalent of mayūrikā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­235
g.­563

Mount Meru

Wylie:
  • lhun po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­22
g.­564

Mṛgaśirā

Wylie:
  • mgo
Tibetan:
  • མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgaśirā

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­565

Mṛgaśīrṣa

Wylie:
  • ri dags mgo
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgaśīrṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­566

Mṛgila

Wylie:
  • tshol ba’i tshul can
Tibetan:
  • ཚོལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛgila

A great nāga.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­22
g.­567

Muci

Wylie:
  • gtong po
Tibetan:
  • གཏོང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • muci

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­568

Mucilinda

Wylie:
  • btang bzung
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་བཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mucilinda

A nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­201
g.­569

Mūlā

Wylie:
  • snubs
Tibetan:
  • སྣུབས།
Sanskrit:
  • mūlā

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­570

Mūlamānuṣa

Wylie:
  • mi’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mūlamānuṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­571

Muñja

Wylie:
  • muny+dza
Tibetan:
  • མུཉྫ།
Sanskrit:
  • muñja

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­572

Nāḍikā

Wylie:
  • dbu bu can
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བུ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • nāḍikā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­236
g.­573

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 218 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­89
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­203-204
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­259-260
  • 1.­266
  • n.­66
  • n.­257
  • n.­259-260
  • n.­264
  • n.­270
  • n.­277
  • g.­3
  • g.­5
  • g.­7
  • g.­18
  • g.­22
  • g.­25
  • g.­26
  • g.­28
  • g.­33
  • g.­39
  • g.­41
  • g.­48
  • g.­50
  • g.­54
  • g.­58
  • g.­70
  • g.­72
  • g.­74
  • g.­89
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­95
  • g.­100
  • g.­101
  • g.­103
  • g.­115
  • g.­119
  • g.­128
  • g.­130
  • g.­132
  • g.­142
  • g.­148
  • g.­149
  • g.­156
  • g.­165
  • g.­169
  • g.­173
  • g.­178
  • g.­179
  • g.­184
  • g.­206
  • g.­209
  • g.­212
  • g.­214
  • g.­219
  • g.­228
  • g.­233
  • g.­234
  • g.­235
  • g.­236
  • g.­241
  • g.­244
  • g.­250
  • g.­254
  • g.­261
  • g.­263
  • g.­299
  • g.­300
  • g.­307
  • g.­314
  • g.­323
  • g.­342
  • g.­345
  • g.­354
  • g.­361
  • g.­365
  • g.­373
  • g.­384
  • g.­409
  • g.­410
  • g.­417
  • g.­423
  • g.­428
  • g.­429
  • g.­440
  • g.­454
  • g.­455
  • g.­459
  • g.­477
  • g.­485
  • g.­493
  • g.­500
  • g.­506
  • g.­512
  • g.­521
  • g.­522
  • g.­523
  • g.­528
  • g.­531
  • g.­535
  • g.­537
  • g.­550
  • g.­557
  • g.­561
  • g.­565
  • g.­566
  • g.­567
  • g.­568
  • g.­570
  • g.­574
  • g.­580
  • g.­582
  • g.­583
  • g.­584
  • g.­596
  • g.­597
  • g.­605
  • g.­617
  • g.­621
  • g.­625
  • g.­626
  • g.­631
  • g.­632
  • g.­638
  • g.­645
  • g.­652
  • g.­662
  • g.­669
  • g.­685
  • g.­688
  • g.­704
  • g.­708
  • g.­711
  • g.­722
  • g.­730
  • g.­739
  • g.­741
  • g.­743
  • g.­747
  • g.­749
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­758
  • g.­762
  • g.­764
  • g.­770
  • g.­771
  • g.­807
  • g.­809
  • g.­812
  • g.­813
  • g.­814
  • g.­825
  • g.­828
  • g.­832
  • g.­833
  • g.­835
  • g.­837
  • g.­845
  • g.­847
  • g.­849
  • g.­851
  • g.­859
  • g.­860
  • g.­865
  • g.­866
  • g.­872
  • g.­876
  • g.­891
  • g.­922
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­928
  • g.­930
  • g.­931
  • g.­936
  • g.­938
  • g.­940
  • g.­941
  • g.­943
  • g.­957
  • g.­958
  • g.­965
  • g.­968
  • g.­973
  • g.­977
  • g.­979
  • g.­990
  • g.­992
  • g.­993
  • g.­996
  • g.­998
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1040
  • g.­1056
g.­574

nāga king Blessed Buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­575

Nāgahṛdaya

Wylie:
  • klu’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgahṛdaya

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­576

Nāgara

Wylie:
  • grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­577

Naigameśa

Wylie:
  • grong rdal tshol ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་རྡལ་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naigameśa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­578

Naikṛtika

Wylie:
  • gzhan brnyas
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་བརྙས།
Sanskrit:
  • naikṛtika

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­140
g.­579

Nairañjanā

Wylie:
  • skyon bral
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • nairañjanā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­580

Nakhaka

Wylie:
  • sen mo can
Tibetan:
  • སེན་མོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • nakhaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­581

nakṣatra

Wylie:
  • skar ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nakṣatra

A lunar mansion, often personified as a semidivine being.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­171
g.­582

Nala

Wylie:
  • mi zhum pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཞུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­583

Namuci

Wylie:
  • mi gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • namuci

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­584

Nanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

Nāga king.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­164
  • 1.­201
g.­585

Nanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

A yakṣa general in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­586

Nandā

Wylie:
  • dga’ mo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­181
  • 1.­185
g.­587

Nandapura

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • nandapura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­113
g.­588

Nandī

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba can
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • nandī

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­589

Nandika

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandika

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • n.­179
g.­590

Nandin

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba can
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • nandin

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­591

Nandinagara

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i grong
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་གྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nandinagara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­156
g.­592

Nandivardhana

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba ’phel byed
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་འཕེལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nandivardhana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­593

Nārada

Wylie:
  • mis byin gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མིས་བྱིན་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārada

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­594

Narakuvera

Wylie:
  • nal ku ba
Tibetan:
  • ནལ་ཀུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • narakuvera

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­151
g.­595

Nararāja

Wylie:
  • mi’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nararāja

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­596

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • sred med kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­597

Nardana

Wylie:
  • ngar ba
Tibetan:
  • ངར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nardana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­598

Narmadā

Wylie:
  • rtse sbyin
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • narmadā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­599

Nāsika

Wylie:
  • sna nas byung
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ནས་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsika

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­126
g.­600

neglected spirits

Wylie:
  • smad pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avadhūta

The Sanskrit term means “neglected, discarded, rejected, cast off”, and thus appears to refer to nonhuman beings designated as such. The term used in the Tibetan translation is smad pa, “contemptible.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­601

Nikaṇṭhaka

Wylie:
  • mgul nges
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་ངེས།
Sanskrit:
  • nikaṇṭhaka

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­602

Nikuṇṭḥā

Wylie:
  • nges gtum mo
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་གཏུམ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nikuṇṭḥā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­181
g.­603

Nīlā

Wylie:
  • sngon mo
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīlā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­604

Nilayadhruva

Wylie:
  • gnas can rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ཅན་རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nilayadhruva

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­140
g.­605

Nimindhara

Wylie:
  • mu khyud ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཁྱུད་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • nimindhara

A nāga king. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­606

Nimindhara

Wylie:
  • mu khyud ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཁྱུད་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • nimindhara

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­607

Niśācarā

Wylie:
  • mtshan mo rgyu
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མོ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • niśācarā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­608

non-returner

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāgāmin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The third of the four attainments of śrāvakas, this term refers to a person who will no longer take rebirth in the desire realm (kāmadhātu), but either be reborn in the Pure Abodes (śuddhāvāsa) or reach the state of an arhat in their current lifetime. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
g.­609

nonhuman

Wylie:
  • mi ma yin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amānuṣa

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­228
  • 1.­281
  • g.­164
  • g.­166
  • g.­223
  • g.­276
  • g.­340
  • g.­414
  • g.­431
  • g.­460
  • g.­554
  • g.­600
  • g.­613
  • g.­675
  • g.­734
  • g.­820
  • g.­923
  • g.­1009
  • g.­1015
  • g.­1057
g.­610

Ojohāriṇī

Wylie:
  • mdangs za ba
Tibetan:
  • མདངས་ཟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ojohāriṇī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­611

Olambā

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • olambā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­612

once-returner

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛdāgāmin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One who has achieved the second of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will attain liberation after only one more birth. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
g.­613

ostāraka

Wylie:
  • gnon po
Tibetan:
  • གནོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ostāraka

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­614

Padumā

Wylie:
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmā

A great rākṣasī. Padumā is the Middle Indic equivalent of padmā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­234
g.­615

Pālaka

Wylie:
  • skyong ba po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pālaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­127
g.­616

Pālitaka

Wylie:
  • skyong ba po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pālitaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­617

Pañcacūḍa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • pañcacūḍa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­618

Pañcālā

Wylie:
  • lnga len
Tibetan:
  • ལྔ་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcālā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­619

Pañcālagaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • tshigs lnga ser po
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་ལྔ་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcālagaṇḍa

A yakṣa general in the intermediate directions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­167
g.­620

Pāñcālagaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • tshigs lnga ser po
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་ལྔ་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāñcālagaṇḍa

A yakṣa general who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­149
  • 1.­170
  • n.­197
g.­621

Pāñcālaka

Wylie:
  • lnga len
Tibetan:
  • ལྔ་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • pāñcālaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­622

Pāñcālī

Wylie:
  • lnga mangs
Tibetan:
  • ལྔ་མངས།
Sanskrit:
  • pāñcālī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­623

Pañcika

Wylie:
  • lnga spyod
Tibetan:
  • ལྔ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcika
  • pāñcika

A yakṣa general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­167
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­259
g.­624

Pāṇḍamāthura

Wylie:
  • dkar po bcom brlag
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ་བཅོམ་བརླག
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍamāthura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­625

Pāṇḍara

Wylie:
  • dkar gsal
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­626

Pāṇḍaraka

Wylie:
  • paN+Da ka
Tibetan:
  • པཎྜ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • pāṇḍaraka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­627

Parapurañjaya

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyi grong las rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱི་གྲོང་ལས་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • parapurañjaya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­135
g.­628

Pārāsara

Wylie:
  • pha rol mtha’ med
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་མཐའ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pārāsara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­629

Pārata

Wylie:
  • dngul chu
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pārata

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­630

Parijāta

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • parijāta

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­631

Parikāla

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • parikāla

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • n.­280
g.­632

Parikīṭa

Wylie:
  • mchog ldan grog ma
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ལྡན་གྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • parikīṭa

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • n.­280
g.­633

Parvata

Wylie:
  • ri
Tibetan:
  • རི།
Sanskrit:
  • parvata

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­634

Parvata

Wylie:
  • ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • parvata

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­635

Pātāla

Wylie:
  • ’og
Tibetan:
  • འོག
Sanskrit:
  • pātāla

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­636

Pāṭaliputra

Wylie:
  • skya snar can gyi bu
  • skya snar bu
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱ་སྣར་ཅན་གྱི་བུ།
  • སྐྱ་སྣར་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṭaliputra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­105
  • 1.­138
g.­637

Patnīya

Wylie:
  • chung ma can
Tibetan:
  • ཆུང་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • patnīya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­638

Pauṇdarīka

Wylie:
  • pad+ma dkar po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pauṇdarīka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­639

Pauṇḍra

Wylie:
  • pon+tra
Tibetan:
  • པོནྟྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • pauṇḍra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­640

Payoṣṇī

Wylie:
  • chu dron can
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དྲོན་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • payoṣṇī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­641

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • dmar ser
Tibetan:
  • དམར་སེར།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­642

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • dmar ser po
Tibetan:
  • དམར་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­643

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • dmar ser po
Tibetan:
  • དམར་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­644

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A yakṣa general in the western direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­165
g.­645

Piṅgala

Wylie:
  • ser skya
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­646

Piṅgalā

Wylie:
  • spre’u ltar dmar ser
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲེའུ་ལྟར་དམར་སེར།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgalā

A great piśācī.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­175
  • n.­224
  • n.­237
g.­647

Piṅgalā

Wylie:
  • dmar ser mo
Tibetan:
  • དམར་སེར་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • piṅgalā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­185
  • 1.­193
g.­648

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
  • g.­649
g.­649

piśācī

Wylie:
  • sha za mo
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśācī

A female piśāca.

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­175
  • 1.­177
  • 1.­179
  • 1.­191
  • g.­12
  • g.­14
  • g.­60
  • g.­175
  • g.­230
  • g.­278
  • g.­289
  • g.­295
  • g.­341
  • g.­351
  • g.­352
  • g.­363
  • g.­381
  • g.­451
  • g.­466
  • g.­468
  • g.­472
  • g.­559
  • g.­610
  • g.­611
  • g.­646
  • g.­666
  • g.­677
  • g.­690
  • g.­710
  • g.­731
  • g.­929
  • g.­1024
g.­650

Pitānandin

Wylie:
  • pha dga’
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • pitānandin

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • n.­179
g.­651

Pitaṅgala

Wylie:
  • pi tang ga l+ya
Tibetan:
  • པི་ཏང་ག་ལྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • pitaṅgala

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­652

Polava

Wylie:
  • po la ba
Tibetan:
  • པོ་ལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­653

Potalaka

Wylie:
  • gru ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • potalaka

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­654

Prabha

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabha

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­655

Prabhadrikā

Wylie:
  • rab bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhadrikā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­656

Prabhañjana

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhañjana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­657

Prabhañjana

Wylie:
  • rab ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhañjana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­658

Prabhaṅkara

Wylie:
  • ’od byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhaṅkara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­659

Prabhaṅkara

Wylie:
  • ’od byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhaṅkara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­143
g.­660

Prabhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāsvara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­661

Prabhu

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhu

A yakṣa general in the western direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­165
g.­662

Pradyumna

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • pradyumna

A nāga king. Pradyumna is another name for Kāmadeva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­663

Prajāpati

Wylie:
  • skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajāpati

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­170
  • n.­340
  • g.­11
g.­664

Prajāpati

Wylie:
  • ske dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan:
  • སྐེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajāpati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­665

Pralambā

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pralambā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­666

Pralambā

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pralambā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­667

Pramardana

Wylie:
  • ’joms pa po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོམས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramardana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­668

Pramardana

Wylie:
  • rab ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramardana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­148
g.­669

Pramokṣa

Wylie:
  • rab thar
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཐར།
Sanskrit:
  • pramokṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­670

Praṇāda

Wylie:
  • sgra rab
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • praṇāda

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­671

Prāṇahāriṇī

Wylie:
  • srog ’phrog ma
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་འཕྲོག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇahāriṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­672

Prasabha

Wylie:
  • ’du ba mchog
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • prasabha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­673

Pratiṣṭhāna

Wylie:
  • rab tu gnas
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratiṣṭhāna

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­674

pratyekabuddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­264
g.­675

preṣaka

Wylie:
  • sbod gtong
Tibetan:
  • སྦོད་གཏོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • preṣaka

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­262
g.­676

preta

Wylie:
  • yi dags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
  • g.­1061
g.­677

Pretī

Wylie:
  • yi dags mo
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pretī

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­678

Priyadarśana

Wylie:
  • mthong dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • priyadarśana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­679

Priyadarśana

Wylie:
  • mthong dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • priyadarśana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­680

Pulaha

Wylie:
  • spu zing sel
Tibetan:
  • སྤུ་ཟིང་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pulaha

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­681

Pulastya

Wylie:
  • mdun du bdar
Tibetan:
  • མདུན་དུ་བདར།
Sanskrit:
  • pulastya

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­682

Punarvasu

Wylie:
  • nab so
Tibetan:
  • ནབ་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • punarvasu

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­683

Puṇḍarīka

Wylie:
  • pad+ma dkar po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarīka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­150
g.­684

Puṇḍavardhana

Wylie:
  • ’phral ris ’phel
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲལ་རིས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍavardhana

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­685

Pūraṇakarṇa

Wylie:
  • rna ba tshang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བ་ཚང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūraṇakarṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­20
g.­686

Purañjaya

Wylie:
  • grong khyer rgyal
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • purañjaya

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­687

Purastya

Wylie:
  • mdun du bdar
Tibetan:
  • མདུན་དུ་བདར།
Sanskrit:
  • purastya

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­688

Pūrṇabhadra

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇabhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­15
g.­689

Pūrṇabhadra

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇabhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­690

Pūrṇabhadrikā

Wylie:
  • gang ba bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇabhadrikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­691

Pūrṇaka

Wylie:
  • gang ba
Tibetan:
  • གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­692

Pūrṇaka

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­693

Pūrṇaka

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇaka

A yakṣa general in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­163
g.­694

Pūrṇaka

Wylie:
  • gang po
Tibetan:
  • གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇaka

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravana.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­695

Pūrṇamukha

Wylie:
  • bzhin rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • བཞིན་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇamukha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­696

Pūrvabhādrapadā

Wylie:
  • khrums stod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­bhādrapadā

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­697

Pūrvaphālgunī

Wylie:
  • gre
Tibetan:
  • གྲེ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrvaphālgunī

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­698

Pūrvāṣāḍhā

Wylie:
  • chu stod
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྟོད།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrvāṣāḍhā

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­699

Puṣpadanta

Wylie:
  • me tog so
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpadanta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­700

Puṣpaketu

Wylie:
  • me tog tog
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • puṣpaketu

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­701

Puṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣya

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­702

pūtana

Wylie:
  • srul po
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūtana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of disease-causing spirits associated with cemeteries and dead bodies. The name probably derives from the Skt. pūta, “foul-smelling,” as reflected also in the Tib. srul po. The smell is variously described in the texts as resembling that of a billy goat or a crow. The morbid condition caused by the spirit shares its name and comes in various forms, with symptoms such as fever, vomiting, diarrhea, skin eruptions, and festering wounds, the latter possibly explaining the association with bad smells.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­703

Putrīvaṭa

Wylie:
  • bu mo ’jug
Tibetan:
  • བུ་མོ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • putrīvaṭa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­151
g.­704

Rāghava

Wylie:
  • rtogs pa’i bu
Tibetan:
  • རྟོགས་པའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāghava

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­705

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

The eclipse. The term can refer specifically to the eclipse of northern lunar node.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­243
  • n.­324
  • g.­162
g.­706

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­105
  • 1.­107
  • 1.­155
  • g.­1034
g.­707

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­260
  • 1.­281
  • n.­232
  • g.­709
g.­708

Rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­709

rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasī

A female rākṣasa.

Located in 117 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­181
  • 1.­183
  • 1.­185
  • 1.­187
  • 1.­193-194
  • n.­233
  • n.­237-239
  • g.­4
  • g.­27
  • g.­36
  • g.­40
  • g.­61
  • g.­62
  • g.­63
  • g.­87
  • g.­138
  • g.­144
  • g.­146
  • g.­151
  • g.­154
  • g.­170
  • g.­181
  • g.­185
  • g.­186
  • g.­194
  • g.­201
  • g.­205
  • g.­213
  • g.­248
  • g.­252
  • g.­255
  • g.­259
  • g.­264
  • g.­279
  • g.­282
  • g.­287
  • g.­296
  • g.­302
  • g.­308
  • g.­324
  • g.­332
  • g.­334
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­349
  • g.­353
  • g.­355
  • g.­362
  • g.­375
  • g.­380
  • g.­382
  • g.­383
  • g.­394
  • g.­400
  • g.­426
  • g.­437
  • g.­438
  • g.­444
  • g.­445
  • g.­448
  • g.­452
  • g.­462
  • g.­469
  • g.­496
  • g.­520
  • g.­533
  • g.­540
  • g.­542
  • g.­544
  • g.­551
  • g.­560
  • g.­562
  • g.­572
  • g.­586
  • g.­602
  • g.­603
  • g.­607
  • g.­614
  • g.­647
  • g.­671
  • g.­717
  • g.­723
  • g.­725
  • g.­733
  • g.­763
  • g.­773
  • g.­778
  • g.­787
  • g.­792
  • g.­793
  • g.­821
  • g.­824
  • g.­826
  • g.­863
  • g.­879
  • g.­890
  • g.­897
  • g.­912
  • g.­921
  • g.­939
  • g.­946
  • g.­959
  • g.­978
  • g.­984
  • g.­994
  • g.­1012
  • g.­1014
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1020
  • g.­1026
  • g.­1045
  • g.­1062
  • g.­1063
g.­710

Rakṣitikā

Wylie:
  • srung ba mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲུང་བ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rakṣitikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­711

Raktamāli

Wylie:
  • dmar phreng can
Tibetan:
  • དམར་ཕྲེང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • raktamāli

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­712

Rāmakāṅkṣi

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i tshang tshing
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚང་ཚིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • rāmakāṅkṣi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­146
g.­713

Ramatha

Wylie:
  • dga’ dang ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་དང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • ramatha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­714

Rāśina

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • rāśina

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­154
  • n.­205
g.­715

Rathasyā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • rathasyā

A river queen.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­234
  • n.­312
g.­716

Ratnākara

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnākara

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­717

Raudrā

Wylie:
  • drag mo
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­718

Raudrī

Wylie:
  • drag po’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • raudrī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­719

Rauruka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • rauruka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­121
  • n.­172
g.­720

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sgra sgrogs bu
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­721

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

The husband of Ekajaṭā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­191
  • g.­230
g.­722

Rāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sgra sgrogs kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­723

Rāvaṇī

Wylie:
  • zlog byed ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟློག་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāvaṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­724

Revatī

Wylie:
  • nam gru
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་གྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • revatī

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­725

Rohiṇī

Wylie:
  • snar ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rohiṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­726

Rohiṇī

Wylie:
  • snar ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rohiṇī

A lunar mansion in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­239
g.­727

Rohitaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • rohitaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­115
g.­728

Rohitāśva

Wylie:
  • rta dmar
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་དམར།
Sanskrit:
  • rohitāśva

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­729

ṛṣi

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian spiritual title, often translated as “sage” or “seer.” The title is particularly used for divinely inspired individuals credited with creating the foundations of Indian culture. The term is also applied to Śākyamuni and other realized Buddhist figures.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­248-249
  • n.­330
  • g.­44
  • g.­52
  • g.­66
  • g.­69
  • g.­79
  • g.­81
  • g.­96
  • g.­98
  • g.­108
  • g.­109
  • g.­117
  • g.­118
  • g.­120
  • g.­122
  • g.­123
  • g.­141
  • g.­143
  • g.­220
  • g.­224
  • g.­232
  • g.­245
  • g.­262
  • g.­293
  • g.­294
  • g.­304
  • g.­320
  • g.­325
  • g.­368
  • g.­374
  • g.­388
  • g.­391
  • g.­416
  • g.­425
  • g.­427
  • g.­432
  • g.­461
  • g.­463
  • g.­467
  • g.­543
  • g.­545
  • g.­593
  • g.­634
  • g.­653
  • g.­654
  • g.­687
  • g.­732
  • g.­759
  • g.­761
  • g.­765
  • g.­777
  • g.­843
  • g.­856
  • g.­858
  • g.­916
  • g.­955
  • g.­967
  • g.­969
  • g.­970
  • g.­987
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1051
g.­730

Ṛṣika

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­731

Ṛṣirakṣitikā

Wylie:
  • drang srong srung ma
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་སྲུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣirakṣitikā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­179
g.­732

Ṛṣiśṛṅga

Wylie:
  • drang srong rwa
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་རྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣiśṛṅga

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­733

Rudhirāhāriṇī

Wylie:
  • khrag za ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲག་ཟ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudhirāhāriṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­734

rudra

Wylie:
  • drag po
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudra

A class of nonhuman beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­735

Rudra

Wylie:
  • drag po
Tibetan:
  • དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rudra

A wrathful form of Śiva.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­227
  • n.­231
g.­736

Rurubha

Wylie:
  • ri dags can
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rurubha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­737

Śabarī

Wylie:
  • sha ba ri
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་བ་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • śabarī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­738

Ṣaḍakṣarī

Wylie:
  • yi ge drug ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་གེ་དྲུག་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍakṣarī

A being in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­739

Ṣaḍaṅgula

Wylie:
  • sor mo drug pa
Tibetan:
  • སོར་མོ་དྲུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍaṅgula

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­740

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­109
g.­741

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • mtsho chen
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­742

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­743

Sāgaraputra

Wylie:
  • mtsho chen bu
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་ཆེན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgaraputra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­744

Sahā world

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings.

The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­225
g.­745

Sahya

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahya

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­746

Śaila

Wylie:
  • brag
Tibetan:
  • བྲག
Sanskrit:
  • śaila

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­747

Śailabāhu

Wylie:
  • brag lag
Tibetan:
  • བྲག་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • śailabāhu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­748

Saindhava

Wylie:
  • sen da pa
Tibetan:
  • སེན་ད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saindhava

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­749

Śaivala

Wylie:
  • zhi ba ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śaivala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­750

Śakasthāna

Wylie:
  • nus pa’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • ནུས་པའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śakasthāna

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­751

Śakaṭamukha

Wylie:
  • shing rta’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakaṭamukha

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 1.­201
g.­752

Sāketa

Wylie:
  • gnas bcas
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāketa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­753

Sāketa

Wylie:
  • gnas bcas
  • gnas dang bcas
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བཅས།
  • གནས་དང་བཅས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāketa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­109
  • 1.­137
g.­754

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­229
  • 1.­259
  • 1.­264
  • n.­299
g.­755

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­108
g.­756

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5
  • 1.­218
  • 1.­258
  • n.­223
  • n.­293
  • g.­366
  • g.­376
  • g.­387
  • g.­421
  • g.­802
  • g.­883
  • g.­1031
  • g.­1046
g.­757

Śākyaprabha

Wylie:
  • shAkya pra b+ha
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་པྲ་བྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyaprabha

Indian scholar from the late eighth–early ninth century.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6
  • c.­1
  • n.­14
g.­758

Śalabha

Wylie:
  • stag re
Tibetan:
  • སྟག་རེ།
Sanskrit:
  • śalabha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­759

Samaṅgira

Wylie:
  • ngag mnyam
Tibetan:
  • ངག་མཉམ།
Sanskrit:
  • samaṅgira

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­760

Samantabhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantabhadra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­761

Samudgata

Wylie:
  • yang dag ’phags po
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་འཕགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudgata

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­762

Samudra

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­763

Samudrā

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho ma
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­764

Samudraputra

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudraputra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­765

Śanaiścara

Wylie:
  • spen pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śanaiścara

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­766

Sanatkumāra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • sanatkumāra

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­767

Sañjaya

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sañjaya

A yakṣa general, the eldest son of Kubera.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­102
g.­768

Śaṅkālī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkālī

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­125
  • n.­176
g.­769

Śaṅkara

Wylie:
  • zhi byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­770

Śaṅkha

Wylie:
  • dung
Tibetan:
  • དུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­771

Śaṅkhapāla

Wylie:
  • dung skyong
Tibetan:
  • དུང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkhapāla

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­772

Śaṅkhila

Wylie:
  • dung can
Tibetan:
  • དུང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkhila

A yakṣa general in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­164
g.­773

Śaṅkhinī

Wylie:
  • dung can ma
Tibetan:
  • དུང་ཅན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaṅkhinī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­185
g.­774

Śānti

Wylie:
  • zhi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­775

Saṇṭīraka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • saṇṭīraka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­117
  • n.­170
g.­776

Śāntivatī

Wylie:
  • zhi ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntivatī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­777

Śarabha

Wylie:
  • mda’ ltar snang ba
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་ལྟར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śarabha

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­248
  • n.­332
g.­778

Śaradharā

Wylie:
  • mda’ ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaradharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­779

Sārapura

Wylie:
  • grong khyer snying po
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sārapura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­780

Sarasvatī

Wylie:
  • dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­781

Śarayū

Wylie:
  • mda’ ’byung
Tibetan:
  • མདའ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śarayū

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­782

Śarmila

Wylie:
  • brtse ba can
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śarmila

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150
  • n.­199
g.­783

Sārthavāha

Wylie:
  • ded dpon
Tibetan:
  • དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • sārthavāha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­784

Sarvabhadra

Wylie:
  • thams cad bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvabhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­117
g.­785

Śāsanadhara

Wylie:
  • bstan pa ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་པ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śāsanadhara

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­786

Śatabāhu

Wylie:
  • lag brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatabāhu

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­115
  • n.­306
g.­787

Śatabāhu

Wylie:
  • lag brgya ma
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བརྒྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatabāhu

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­788

Śatabāhu

Wylie:
  • zhi ba ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śatabāhu

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­789

Śatabhiṣā

Wylie:
  • mon gru
Tibetan:
  • མོན་གྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatabhiṣā

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­790

Sātāgiri

Wylie:
  • gror bcas ri
Tibetan:
  • གྲོར་བཅས་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • sātāgiri

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­148
g.­791

Sātāgiri

Wylie:
  • ri mnyam
Tibetan:
  • རི་མཉམ།
Sanskrit:
  • sātāgiri

A yakṣa general in the intermediate directions; a yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­167
  • 1.­170
g.­792

Śatanetrā

Wylie:
  • mig brgya ma
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བརྒྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śatanetrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­793

Śataśīrṣā

Wylie:
  • mgo brgya ma
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བརྒྱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śataśīrṣā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­794

Śataśṛṅga

Wylie:
  • rtse brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śataśṛṅga

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­795

Ṣaṭpura

Wylie:
  • grong khyer drug
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭpura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­128
  • n.­184
g.­796

Saubhadriya

Wylie:
  • bzang mdzes
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saubhadriya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­797

Saumitrā

Wylie:
  • mdza’ bzang
Tibetan:
  • མཛའ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saumitrā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­798

Siddhapātra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • siddhapātra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­134
  • n.­188
g.­799

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­134
g.­800

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­139
g.­801

Śikhaṇḍin

Wylie:
  • gtsug phud can
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཕུད་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhaṇḍin

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­802

Śikhin

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
  • gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhin

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­208
  • 1.­258
g.­803

Śilāpura

Wylie:
  • rdo grong
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་གྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śilāpura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­804

Śīlendrabodhi

Wylie:
  • shI len dra bo d+hi
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱི་ལེན་དྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • śīlendrabodhi

Indian scholar from the late eighth–early ninth century.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­6
  • c.­1
  • n.­14
g.­805

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

A yakṣa general in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­164
g.­806

Siṃhabala

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i stag
  • seng ge’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་སྟག
  • སེང་གེའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhabala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­135
g.­807

Siṃhala

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­808

Siṃhala

Wylie:
  • sing ha la
Tibetan:
  • སིང་ཧ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhala

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­809

Sindhu

Wylie:
  • sin d+hu
Tibetan:
  • སིན་དྷུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhu

A nāga king named after the river Sindhu (Indus).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • n.­194
g.­810

Sindhu

Wylie:
  • sin d+hu
Tibetan:
  • སིན་དྷུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhu

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­811

Sindhusāgara

Wylie:
  • sin d+hu yi ni rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • སིན་དྷུ་ཡི་ནི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhusāgara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­148
g.­812

Śiri

Wylie:
  • dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śiri

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­813

Śirika

Wylie:
  • dpal can
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śirika

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­814

Sītā

Wylie:
  • sI ta
Tibetan:
  • སཱི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītā

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­815

Sītā

Wylie:
  • sI ta
Tibetan:
  • སཱི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­816

Śītavana

Wylie:
  • bsil ba’i nags tshal
Tibetan:
  • བསིལ་བའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śītavana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­817

Śiva

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śiva

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­118
  • g.­735
g.­818

Śivabhadra

Wylie:
  • zhi ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śivabhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­819

Śivapurādhāna

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i grong len
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་གྲོང་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • śivapurādhāna

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­820

skanda

Wylie:
  • skem byed
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • skanda

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
g.­821

Skandā

Wylie:
  • skem byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­822

Skandhākṣa

Wylie:
  • phrag pa’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲག་པའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • skandhākṣa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­145
g.­823

Soma

Wylie:
  • zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • soma

A yakṣa general in the sky. A yakṣa of the same name is listed as a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­169-170
g.­824

Somā

Wylie:
  • des ma
Tibetan:
  • དེས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • somā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­825

Sphoṭana

Wylie:
  • rgyas byed
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sphoṭana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­826

Sphoṭanī

Wylie:
  • ’gems ma
Tibetan:
  • འགེམས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sphoṭanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­827

śramaṇa

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A person who follows a religious system that emphasizes an ascetic, mendicant way of life that often includes celibacy and monasticism. Buddhism and Jainism, among numerous other systems, are considered śramaṇa traditions. The term often appears in the compound śramaṇa­brāhmaṇa to refer generically to the two major religious orientations of ancient India. Here, the term śramaṇa is used in contrast to brāhmaṇas, those who follow the Vedic tradition and its correlate religious systems that feature the ritual worship of brahmanical deities within the context of a householder lifestyle.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • g.­135
g.­828

Śrāmaṇeraka

Wylie:
  • dge tshul
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāmaṇeraka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­18
g.­829

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­66
  • 1.­264
g.­830

Śravaṇa

Wylie:
  • gro bzhin
Tibetan:
  • གྲོ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śravaṇa

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­241
  • n.­128
g.­831

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan yod
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

During the life of the Buddha, Śrāvastī was the capital city of the powerful kingdom of Kośala, ruled by King Prasenajit, who became a follower and patron of the Buddha. It was also the hometown of Anāthapiṇḍada, the wealthy patron who first invited the Buddha there, and then offered him a park known as Jetavana, Prince Jeta’s Grove, which became one of the first Buddhist monasteries. The Buddha is said to have spent about twenty-five rainy seasons with his disciples in Śrāvastī, thus it is named as the setting of numerous events and teachings. It is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh in northern India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­109
g.­832

Śrībhadra

Wylie:
  • dpal bzang
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śrībhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­833

Śrīkaṇṭha

Wylie:
  • dpal mgrin
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་མགྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīkaṇṭha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­834

Śrīmanta

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīmanta

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­835

Śrīmat

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīmat

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­836

Śrīmatī

Wylie:
  • dpal ldan ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ལྡན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīmatī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­8
g.­837

Śrīvardhana

Wylie:
  • dpal ’phel
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīvardhana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­838

Śrughna

Wylie:
  • ’gro ’joms
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་འཇོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrughna

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­116
  • 1.­134
g.­839

Stambhanī

Wylie:
  • rengs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • རེངས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • stambhanī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­840

Sthala

Wylie:
  • ka ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­134
g.­841

Sthalā

Wylie:
  • ka ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthalā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­134
  • n.­160
g.­842

Ṣṭhālā

Wylie:
  • ka ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṣṭhālā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­843

Sthūlaśira

Wylie:
  • mgo bo che
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthūlaśira

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­844

stream enterer

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • srotaāpanna

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One who has achieved the first level of attainment on the path of the śrāvakas, and who has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
g.­845

Subāhu

Wylie:
  • lag bzang
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subāhu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­846

Subāhu

Wylie:
  • lag bzang
Tibetan:
  • ལག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subāhu

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­847

Subhadra

Wylie:
  • rab tu bzang
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­848

Subhūma

Wylie:
  • shin tu sa pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་ས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūma

A yakṣa general who dwells on the earth.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­168
g.­849

Sūciloma

Wylie:
  • khab kyi spu
Tibetan:
  • ཁབ་ཀྱི་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūciloma

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­850

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­110
g.­851

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • blta na mdzes
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­852

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • blta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • བལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­853

Śukāmukha

Wylie:
  • ne tso’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ནེ་ཙོའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śukāmukha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­149
g.­854

Sukhāvaha

Wylie:
  • bde byed pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhāvaha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­855

Sukhāvaha

Wylie:
  • bde byed pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhāvaha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­856

Sukīrtī

Wylie:
  • rab grags
Tibetan:
  • རབ་གྲགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sukīrtī

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­857

Śukladaṃṣṭra

Wylie:
  • mche ba dkar po
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śukladaṃṣṭra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­858

Śukra

Wylie:
  • pa ba sangs
Tibetan:
  • པ་བ་སངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukra

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­248
  • g.­162
g.­859

Sumanas

Wylie:
  • yid bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanas

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­860

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­201
  • g.­6
g.­861

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­862

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­83
g.­863

Sumitrā

Wylie:
  • rab mdza’ ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མཛའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumitrā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­864

Sumukha

Wylie:
  • bzhin bzangs
Tibetan:
  • བཞིན་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sumukha

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­865

Sumukha

Wylie:
  • bzhin bzangs
Tibetan:
  • བཞིན་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sumukha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­866

Sunanda

Wylie:
  • rab dga’
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunanda

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­20
g.­867

Sunandamāna

Wylie:
  • rab dga’
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunandamāna

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­868

Sundara

Wylie:
  • mdzes
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sundara

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­126
g.­869

Sunetra

Wylie:
  • mig bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A yakṣa general in the east.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­163
  • n.­337
g.­870

Śūnya

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­123
  • n.­174
g.­871

Suprabuddha

Wylie:
  • rab sad pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་སད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabuddha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­151
g.­872

Supratiṣṭhita

Wylie:
  • rab brtan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • supratiṣṭhita

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­873

Sūrya

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya

A yakṣa general in the sky.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­169
g.­874

Sūryākānta

Wylie:
  • nyi ma mdzes
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryākānta

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­875

Sūryaprabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryaprabha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­123
g.­876

Sūryaprabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryaprabha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­877

Suṣeṇa

Wylie:
  • sde bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suṣeṇa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­136
g.­878

Susena

Wylie:
  • sde bzang
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • susena

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­879

Susīmā

Wylie:
  • mtshams bzang ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་བཟང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • susīmā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­183
g.­880

Sutanu

Wylie:
  • lus mdzes
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sutanu

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­881

Suvarṇapārśva

Wylie:
  • gser logs
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇapārśva

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­882

Suvarṇaśṛṅga

Wylie:
  • gser gyi rtse mo
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇaśṛṅga

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­883

Suvarṇāvabhāsa

Wylie:
  • gser du snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་དུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇāvabhāsa

A peacock king, a past life of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­196
  • n.­256
g.­884

Suvāstu

Wylie:
  • dngos bzang
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suvāstu

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­885

Suvāstu

Wylie:
  • dngos bzang
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • suvāstu

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­886

Svāstī

Wylie:
  • sa ri
Tibetan:
  • ས་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • svāstī

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­887

Svastika

Wylie:
  • dge ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • svastika

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­127
g.­888

Svastikaṭaka

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i pho brang
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་ཕོ་བྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • svastikaṭaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­127
g.­889

Svāti

Wylie:
  • sa ri
Tibetan:
  • ས་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • svāti

A young monk who is bitten by a poisonous snake in The Great Peahen.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­222
  • 1.­273-275
  • 1.­281
g.­890

Taḍāgapālinī

Wylie:
  • ldeng ka skyong
Tibetan:
  • ལྡེང་ཀ་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • taḍāgapālinī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­891

Takṣaka

Wylie:
  • ’jog po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaka

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­201
g.­892

Takṣaśilā

Wylie:
  • rdo ’jog
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་འཇོག
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaśilā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­120
g.­893

Tāmarā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • tāmarā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­894

Tāmraparṇī

Wylie:
  • zangs ’dab
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་འདབ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāmraparṇī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­895

Tāmraparṇī

Wylie:
  • zangs kyi ’dab ma can
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་ཀྱི་འདབ་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tāmraparṇī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­111
g.­896

Tāpana

Wylie:
  • gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāpana

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­897

Tapanī

Wylie:
  • gdung ma
Tibetan:
  • གདུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­898

Tapodā

Wylie:
  • dka’ thub sbyin
Tibetan:
  • དཀའ་ཐུབ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • tapodā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­899

Taraṅgavatī

Wylie:
  • rlangs dang ldan
Tibetan:
  • རླངས་དང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • taraṅgavatī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­125
g.­900

Tararka

Wylie:
  • gnyi
Tibetan:
  • གཉི།
Sanskrit:
  • tararka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­901

Tarukacchaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • tarukacchaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • n.­178
g.­902

Taṭiskandha

Wylie:
  • ’gram ldan phung po
Tibetan:
  • འགྲམ་ལྡན་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • taṭiskandha

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­903

Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trayastriṃśa

See “Heaven of the Thirty-Three.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­264
g.­904

thus-gone one

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­56
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­222
  • 1.­272
  • 1.­278
  • n.­293
g.­905

traversed hex

Wylie:
  • bsgom nyes
Tibetan:
  • བསྒོམ་ཉེས།
Sanskrit:
  • durlaṅghita

Judging by the Sanskrit term laṅghita (“overstepped, transgressed”) and its rendering into Tibetan as bsgom, which might be derived from gom (“to step or walk”), the meaning may be connected with a hex whose negative effects are felt if stepped over or on.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­906

Trigupta

Wylie:
  • gsum sbas
Tibetan:
  • གསུམ་སྦས།
Sanskrit:
  • trigupta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­121
g.­907

Trikaṇṭhaka

Wylie:
  • mgul gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trikaṇṭhaka

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­908

Triphālin

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • triphālin

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­909

Tripura

Wylie:
  • grong khyer gsum
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tripura

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­148
g.­910

Tripurī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • tripurī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­911

Triśūlapāṇi

Wylie:
  • rtse gsum lag
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་གསུམ་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • triśūlapāṇi

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­148
g.­912

Triśūlapāṇī

Wylie:
  • lag na rtse gsum ma
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྩེ་གསུམ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • triśūlapāṇī

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­913

Tukhāra

Wylie:
  • tho gar
Tibetan:
  • ཐོ་གར།
Sanskrit:
  • tukhāra

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­147
g.­914

twenty-eight great yakṣa generals

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin gyi sde dpon chen po nyi shu rtsa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན་གྱི་སྡེ་དཔོན་ཆེན་པོ་ཉི་ཤུ་རྩ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Seven sets of four yakṣa generals dwelling in the four cardinal directions, the sky, the earth, and the intermediate directions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­162
g.­915

Uḍḍiyānaka

Wylie:
  • u T+yana
Tibetan:
  • ཨུ་ཊྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • uḍḍiyānaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­153
g.­916

Udgata

Wylie:
  • ’phags po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • udgata

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­917

Udumbara

Wylie:
  • u dum+bA ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨུ་དུམྦཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • udumbara

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­918

Udyogapāla

Wylie:
  • brtson skyong
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • udyogapāla

A yakṣa general in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­166
g.­919

Ujjahānyā

Wylie:
  • gyen du ’gro
Tibetan:
  • གྱེན་དུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ujjahānyā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­131
g.­920

Ujjayanī

Wylie:
  • ’phags rgyal
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ujjayanī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­921

Ulkāmukhī

Wylie:
  • sgron ma kha
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོན་མ་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • ulkāmukhī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­922

Ulūka

Wylie:
  • a lu ka
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ལུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • ulūka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­923

unmāda

Wylie:
  • smyo byed
Tibetan:
  • སྨྱོ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • unmāda

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­171
  • 1.­196-197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­260
  • n.­222
g.­924

Upabindu

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i thigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་ཐིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upabindu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­925

Upadundubhi

Wylie:
  • nye rnga
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • upadundubhi

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­926

Upakāla

Wylie:
  • nye gnag
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་གནག
Sanskrit:
  • upakāla

A yakṣa general who dwells on the earth.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­168
g.­927

Upakālaka

Wylie:
  • nye gnag po
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་གནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upakālaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­108
g.­928

Upakālaka

Wylie:
  • nye gnag
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་གནག
Sanskrit:
  • upakālaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­929

Upamadā

Wylie:
  • nye rgyags ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་རྒྱགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upamadā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­177
g.­930

Upanala

Wylie:
  • nye bar mi zhum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་མི་ཞུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upanala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­931

Upananda

Wylie:
  • nye dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­201
g.­932

Upapañcaka

Wylie:
  • nye lnga po
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་ལྔ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upapañcaka

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­933

Upasiṃha

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • upasiṃha

A yakṣa general in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­164
g.­934

Upasita

Wylie:
  • nye dkar
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • upasita

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­935

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­936

Upendra

Wylie:
  • nye ba’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upendra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­937

Uragā

Wylie:
  • brang gis ’gro
Tibetan:
  • བྲང་གིས་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uragā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­111
g.­938

Uragādhipa

Wylie:
  • brang ’gro’i bdag po nag po
Tibetan:
  • བྲང་འགྲོའི་བདག་པོ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uragādhipa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­939

Ūrdhvajaṭā

Wylie:
  • ral pa ’greng
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་འགྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrdhvajaṭā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­940

Utpala

Wylie:
  • me tog ut+pala
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཨུཏྤལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­941

Uttama

Wylie:
  • mchog
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • uttama

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­942

Uttarabhādrapadā

Wylie:
  • khrums smad
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུམས་སྨད།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara­bhādrapadā

A lunar mansion in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­242
g.­943

Uttaramānuṣa

Wylie:
  • mi’i bla ma
  • mi yi bla ma
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་བླ་མ།
  • མི་ཡི་བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttaramānuṣa

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 1.­201
g.­944

Uttaraphālgunī

Wylie:
  • dbo
Tibetan:
  • དབོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttaraphālgunī

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­945

Uttarāṣāḍhā

Wylie:
  • chu smad
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྨད།
Sanskrit:
  • uttarāṣāḍhā

A lunar mansion in the west.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­241
g.­946

Uttrāsanī

Wylie:
  • dngangs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • དངངས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttrāsanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­947

Vaccaḍa

Wylie:
  • bab+ba Da
Tibetan:
  • བབྦ་ཌ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaccaḍa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­151
  • n.­201-202
g.­948

Vaccaḍādhāna

Wylie:
  • bab+ba da bskyed
Tibetan:
  • བབྦ་ད་བསྐྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vaccaḍādhāna

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­151
g.­949

Vaḍi

Wylie:
  • ba Di
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཌི།
Sanskrit:
  • vaḍi

A yakṣa who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­950

Vaijayanta

Wylie:
  • rnam rgyal ldan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་རྒྱལ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaijayanta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­951

Vairā

Wylie:
  • dgra can
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­109
g.­952

Vairāmaka

Wylie:
  • mtha’ ma
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairāmaka

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­128
g.­953

Vairāṭaka

Wylie:
  • dgras dogs pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲས་དོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairāṭaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­141
g.­954

Vaiśalī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśalī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­110
  • n.­185
g.­955

Vaiśampāyana

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśampāyana

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­956

Vaiṣṇavī

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug gi chung ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་གི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiṣṇavī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­957

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
  • rnam thos bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

One of the Four Great Kings, he rules over the nāgas.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­157
  • 1.­170
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­259
  • g.­6
  • g.­110
  • g.­152
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­273
  • g.­313
  • g.­318
  • g.­330
  • g.­360
  • g.­404
  • g.­420
  • g.­433
  • g.­443
  • g.­524
  • g.­526
  • g.­549
  • g.­595
  • g.­601
  • g.­620
  • g.­663
  • g.­670
  • g.­791
  • g.­823
  • g.­864
  • g.­907
  • g.­908
  • g.­932
  • g.­949
  • g.­981
g.­958

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • rnam thos kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཐོས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­959

Vajradharā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajradharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­960

Vajrākara

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrākara

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­961

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­105
  • 1.­264
g.­962

Vajrayudha

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mtshon
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཚོན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrayudha

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­110
g.­963

Vakkula

Wylie:
  • bak+ku
Tibetan:
  • བཀྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vakkula

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­107
g.­964

Vakṣu

Wylie:
  • pak+Shu
Tibetan:
  • པཀྵུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vakṣu

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­965

Vakṣu

Wylie:
  • pak+Shu
Tibetan:
  • པཀྵུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vakṣu

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­966

Vallūlagṛha

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vallūlagṛha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­967

Valmīki

Wylie:
  • grog mkhar ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོག་མཁར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • valmīki

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­968

Valuka

Wylie:
  • ba lu ka
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • valuka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­969

Vāmadevaka

Wylie:
  • g.yon phyogs lha
Tibetan:
  • གཡོན་ཕྱོགས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāmadevaka

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­970

Vāmaka

Wylie:
  • g.yon phyogs pa
Tibetan:
  • གཡོན་ཕྱོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāmaka

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­971

Vārāhī

Wylie:
  • phag gi chung ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕག་གི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāhī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­972

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds, Toh 340.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­110
  • 1.­127
g.­973

Vardhamānaka

Wylie:
  • ’phel ba
Tibetan:
  • འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vardhamānaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­974

Vardhana

Wylie:
  • ’phel byed
Tibetan:
  • འཕེལ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vardhana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­975

Varṇabhaṭa

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • varṇabhaṭa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­115
  • n.­166
g.­976

Varṇi

Wylie:
  • kha dog can
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་དོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • varṇi

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­119
g.­977

Varṣaṇa

Wylie:
  • char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • varṣaṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­978

Varṣaṇī

Wylie:
  • char ’bebs
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་འབེབས།
Sanskrit:
  • varṣaṇī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­979

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­201
g.­980

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

The name of one of the oldest of the Vedic gods, associated with the waters.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
g.­981

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

A yakṣa general who is a “Dharma brother” of Vaiśravaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­170
g.­982

Varuṇā

Wylie:
  • chu lha’i yul
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷའི་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇā

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­983

Vāruṇī

Wylie:
  • rlung lha’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྷའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāruṇī

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­984

Vāruṇī

Wylie:
  • chu lha’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྷའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāruṇī

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­985

Vasāti

Wylie:
  • gnas can
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vasāti

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­986

Vāsava

Wylie:
  • nor gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsava

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­114
g.­987

Vasiṣṭha

Wylie:
  • gnas ’jog
Tibetan:
  • གནས་འཇོག
Sanskrit:
  • vasiṣṭha

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­988

Vasiṣṭha

Wylie:
  • mdzes gnas
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • vasiṣṭha

A lord of beings.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­251
g.­989

Vasubhadra

Wylie:
  • nor bzang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vasubhadra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­118
g.­990

Vasubhadra

Wylie:
  • nor bzang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vasubhadra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­991

Vasubhūmi

Wylie:
  • nor ’byor pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་འབྱོར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasubhūmi

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­992

Vāsuki

Wylie:
  • nor rgyal bu
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་རྒྱལ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsuki

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­201
g.­993

Vāsūmukha

Wylie:
  • nor gyi sgo
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsūmukha

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­16
g.­994

Vasundharā

Wylie:
  • nor ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasundharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­995

Vasutrāta

Wylie:
  • nor srung ba
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་སྲུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vasutrāta

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­112
g.­996

Vatsa

Wylie:
  • be’u
Tibetan:
  • བེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vatsa

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­997

vatsanābha poison

Wylie:
  • be’u lta bu’i dug
Tibetan:
  • བེའུ་ལྟ་བུའི་དུག
Sanskrit:
  • vatsanābha

A type of vegetable poison frequently listed among poisonous substances in Āyurvedic literature.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­228
g.­998

Vātsīputra

Wylie:
  • bad sa’i bu
Tibetan:
  • བད་སའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vātsīputra

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­20
g.­999

Vāyibhūmīya

Wylie:
  • rlung gi sa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyibhūmīya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­1000

Vāyira

Wylie:
  • rlung ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyira

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­122
g.­1001

Vāyu

Wylie:
  • rlung
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyu

A yakṣa general who dwells in the sky.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­169
g.­1002

Vāyu

Wylie:
  • rlung lha
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
g.­1003

Vāyuvyā

Wylie:
  • rlung gi chung ma
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāyuvyā

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­1004

Vedagaccha

Wylie:
  • rig byed srung
Tibetan:
  • རིག་བྱེད་སྲུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vedagaccha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1005

Vemacitra

Wylie:
  • thags bzangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཐགས་བཟངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • vemacitra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­152
g.­1006

Vemacitra

Wylie:
  • thags bzangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཐགས་བཟངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • vemacitra

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1007

Vemānika

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal bral
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vemānika

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­1008

Veṣṭitaka

Wylie:
  • dkris pa po
Tibetan:
  • དཀྲིས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • veṣṭitaka

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­129
g.­1009

vetāla

Wylie:
  • ro langs
Tibetan:
  • རོ་ལངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vetāla

A class of nonhuman being typically associated with violent sorcery rites and often said to possess and reanimate corpses.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­262
g.­1010

Vetravatī

Wylie:
  • spa ldan
Tibetan:
  • སྤ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • vetravatī

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1011

Vibhīṣana

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhīṣana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­111
g.­1012

Vibhīṣaṇā

Wylie:
  • ’jigs byed ma
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhīṣaṇā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­1013

Vidiśa

Wylie:
  • phyogs mtshams
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་མཚམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vidiśa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­129
  • n.­165
g.­1014

Vidurā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • vidurā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­193
  • n.­237
g.­1015

vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig sngags ’chang
Tibetan:
  • རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

Meaning those who wield (dhara) spells (vidyā), the term is used to refer to both a class of nonhuman beings who wield magical power and human practitioners of the magical arts. The latter usage is especially prominent in the Kriyātantras, which are often addressed to the human vidyādhara. The Tibetan Buddhist tradition, playing on the dual valences of vidyā as “spell” and “knowledge,” began to apply this term more broadly to realized figures in the Buddhist pantheon.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­237
g.­1016

Vidyādharā

Wylie:
  • rig ’dzin ma
Tibetan:
  • རིག་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādharā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­187
g.­1017

Vidyotana

Wylie:
  • glog ’byin
Tibetan:
  • གློག་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyotana

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­1018

Vidyotanī

Wylie:
  • snang byed ma
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བྱེད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyotanī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­1019

Vidyutprabha

Wylie:
  • glog ’od
Tibetan:
  • གློག་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyutprabha

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1020

Viheṭhanā

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’tshe
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཚེ།
Sanskrit:
  • viheṭhanā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­1021

Vijaya

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijaya

A yakṣa general

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­124
g.­1022

Vikaṭa

Wylie:
  • ma rungs pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikaṭa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­1023

Vikaṭaṅkaṭa

Wylie:
  • mi bzad ’gro ldan
Tibetan:
  • མི་བཟད་འགྲོ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • vikaṭaṅkaṭa

A group of yakṣas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­140
g.­1024

Vilambā

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’phyang ma
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཕྱང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vilambā

A great piśācī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­175
g.­1025

Vimala

Wylie:
  • dri med
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­1026

Vimalā

Wylie:
  • dri med
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­1027

Vimalā

Wylie:
  • dri bral
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1028

Vindhya

Wylie:
  • ’bigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhya

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1029

Vindu

Wylie:
  • thigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vindu

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1030

Vipaśyā

Wylie:
  • zhags bral
Tibetan:
  • ཞགས་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1031

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­206
  • 1.­258
g.­1032

Vipula

Wylie:
  • shin tu rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula

A mountain king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­236
g.­1033

Vipula

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­107
g.­1034

Vipula

Wylie:
  • yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula

A location in Rājagṛha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­155
  • n.­161
g.­1035

Vīra

Wylie:
  • dpa’
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīra

A yakṣa general.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­126
  • n.­179
g.­1036

Vīrabāhu

Wylie:
  • lag pa dpa’
Tibetan:
  • ལག་པ་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrabāhu

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­137
g.­1037

Virocana

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • virocana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­1038

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Great Kings, he rules over the kumbhaṇḍas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­259
g.­1039

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­1040

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One of the Four Great Kings, he rules over the nāgas.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­89
  • 1.­93
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­201
  • 1.­259
g.­1041

Viśākhā

Wylie:
  • sa ga
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག
Sanskrit:
  • viśākhā

A lunar mansion in the south.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­240
g.­1042

Viśālākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśālākṣa

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­130
g.­1043

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

One of the eight great gods in the Indian pantheon.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­111
  • 1.­166
g.­1044

Viṣṇu

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­227
g.­1045

Viṣṇulā

Wylie:
  • khyab ’jug len
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱབ་འཇུག་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣṇulā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­181
g.­1046

Viśvabhū

Wylie:
  • thams cad skyob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvabhū

One of the six buddhas who preceded Śākyamuni in this Fortunate Eon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­73
  • 1.­210
  • 1.­258
g.­1047

Viśvamitra

Wylie:
  • kun gyi bshes
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་གྱི་བཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvamitra

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­1048

Viśvamitrā

Wylie:
  • kun gyi bshes
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་གྱི་བཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvamitrā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1049

Vitastā

Wylie:
  • rgyas ’bab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • vitastā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1050

Vokkāṇa

Wylie:
  • po ka
Tibetan:
  • པོ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • vokkāṇa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­154
g.­1051

Vṛddhakāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’drob skyong gi bu rgan po
Tibetan:
  • འདྲོབ་སྐྱོང་གི་བུ་རྒན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛddhakāśyapa

A great ṛṣi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­248
g.­1052

Vṛndakaṭa

Wylie:
  • khyu ’gro
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛndakaṭa

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­142
g.­1053

Vulture Peak

Wylie:
  • bya rgod phung po
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhrakūṭa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gṛdhra­kūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­105
g.­1054

Vyāghrabala

Wylie:
  • stobs med byed
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་མེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāghrabala

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­135
g.­1055

Vyatipātana

Wylie:
  • gnod par byed
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vyatipātana

A yakṣa general.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­134
g.­1056

White

Wylie:
  • dkar po
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­201
g.­1057

wicked chāyā

Wylie:
  • gnod sgrib
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྒྲིབ།
Sanskrit:
  • duśchāyā

A class of nonhuman being.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­1058

written hex

Wylie:
  • bri nyes
Tibetan:
  • བྲི་ཉེས།
Sanskrit:
  • durlikhita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­173
  • 1.­197
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­262
g.­1059

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

Located in 279 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57-58
  • 1.­83
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­105
  • 1.­107-108
  • 1.­111-112
  • 1.­116
  • 1.­119
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­126
  • 1.­128
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­135-136
  • 1.­138
  • 1.­140-142
  • 1.­147
  • 1.­155
  • 1.­157-158
  • 1.­163-171
  • 1.­196
  • 1.­204
  • 1.­233
  • 1.­235
  • 1.­237
  • 1.­251
  • 1.­259-260
  • 1.­281
  • n.­159
  • g.­6
  • g.­9
  • g.­23
  • g.­35
  • g.­38
  • g.­42
  • g.­43
  • g.­45
  • g.­49
  • g.­56
  • g.­59
  • g.­65
  • g.­75
  • g.­84
  • g.­86
  • g.­88
  • g.­94
  • g.­99
  • g.­102
  • g.­106
  • g.­110
  • g.­112
  • g.­124
  • g.­127
  • g.­139
  • g.­140
  • g.­150
  • g.­152
  • g.­160
  • g.­172
  • g.­176
  • g.­182
  • g.­190
  • g.­197
  • g.­198
  • g.­202
  • g.­203
  • g.­207
  • g.­210
  • g.­211
  • g.­217
  • g.­218
  • g.­221
  • g.­225
  • g.­253
  • g.­257
  • g.­265
  • g.­266
  • g.­273
  • g.­281
  • g.­286
  • g.­288
  • g.­291
  • g.­313
  • g.­318
  • g.­321
  • g.­330
  • g.­343
  • g.­344
  • g.­350
  • g.­357
  • g.­360
  • g.­369
  • g.­370
  • g.­371
  • g.­372
  • g.­378
  • g.­385
  • g.­389
  • g.­404
  • g.­406
  • g.­407
  • g.­411
  • g.­413
  • g.­420
  • g.­422
  • g.­435
  • g.­441
  • g.­442
  • g.­443
  • g.­447
  • g.­449
  • g.­453
  • g.­458
  • g.­471
  • g.­473
  • g.­475
  • g.­476
  • g.­481
  • g.­482
  • g.­491
  • g.­495
  • g.­497
  • g.­501
  • g.­502
  • g.­509
  • g.­513
  • g.­514
  • g.­515
  • g.­517
  • g.­518
  • g.­524
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
  • g.­527
  • g.­532
  • g.­538
  • g.­541
  • g.­549
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­577
  • g.­578
  • g.­585
  • g.­588
  • g.­590
  • g.­594
  • g.­595
  • g.­601
  • g.­615
  • g.­616
  • g.­619
  • g.­620
  • g.­623
  • g.­628
  • g.­633
  • g.­641
  • g.­642
  • g.­643
  • g.­644
  • g.­650
  • g.­656
  • g.­657
  • g.­658
  • g.­659
  • g.­660
  • g.­661
  • g.­663
  • g.­667
  • g.­668
  • g.­670
  • g.­672
  • g.­678
  • g.­679
  • g.­686
  • g.­689
  • g.­691
  • g.­692
  • g.­693
  • g.­694
  • g.­695
  • g.­699
  • g.­700
  • g.­720
  • g.­740
  • g.­746
  • g.­767
  • g.­768
  • g.­769
  • g.­772
  • g.­782
  • g.­783
  • g.­784
  • g.­786
  • g.­790
  • g.­791
  • g.­798
  • g.­799
  • g.­800
  • g.­801
  • g.­805
  • g.­806
  • g.­817
  • g.­818
  • g.­822
  • g.­823
  • g.­840
  • g.­848
  • g.­850
  • g.­853
  • g.­854
  • g.­855
  • g.­857
  • g.­864
  • g.­868
  • g.­869
  • g.­871
  • g.­873
  • g.­875
  • g.­877
  • g.­887
  • g.­900
  • g.­906
  • g.­907
  • g.­908
  • g.­911
  • g.­914
  • g.­918
  • g.­926
  • g.­927
  • g.­932
  • g.­933
  • g.­947
  • g.­949
  • g.­950
  • g.­953
  • g.­961
  • g.­962
  • g.­963
  • g.­974
  • g.­981
  • g.­986
  • g.­989
  • g.­991
  • g.­995
  • g.­1000
  • g.­1001
  • g.­1005
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1008
  • g.­1011
  • g.­1021
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1035
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1055
g.­1060

Yakṣī

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin mo
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣī

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­133
g.­1061

Yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

The lord of death, he judges the dead and rules over the underworld inhabited by the pretas.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­196
  • 1.­227
  • 1.­233
  • n.­24
  • n.­304
  • g.­347
g.­1062

Yāmā

Wylie:
  • yA ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡཱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāmā

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­193
g.­1063

Yamadūtī

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i pho nya mo
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་ཕོ་ཉ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yamadūtī

A great rākṣasī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­193
g.­1064

Yamarākṣasī

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • yamarākṣasī

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • n.­24
g.­1065

Yamunā

Wylie:
  • gshin rje sel
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yamunā

A river queen.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­234
g.­1066

Yāmyā

Wylie:
  • gshin rje’i chung ma
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེའི་ཆུང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāmyā

A great mātṛkā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­189
g.­1067

Yodheya

Wylie:
  • g.yul ’gyed ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གཡུལ་འགྱེད་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yodheya

A geographical location in this sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­132
g.­1068

yogic conduct

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vrata

A prescribed mode of behavior, typically time-delimited, that is observed in connection with specific rites and practices.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­196
0
    You are downloading:

    The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Print
    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen (Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī, rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo, Toh 559). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh559.Copy
    84000. The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen (Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī, rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo, Toh 559). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh559.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Queen of Incantations: The Great Peahen (Mahā­māyūrī­vidyārājñī, rig sngags kyi rgyal mo rma bya chen mo, Toh 559). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh559.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from Action tantras
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy